PA 
 
 2087 
 
 W354 
 
 1857 
 
 MAIN 
 
 UC-NRLF 
 
GIFT OF 
 
 W 174 
 
 IGMENT 
 E. 
 
 cloth, 
 
 JCE 
 
 B.C. 146; 
 CECE. 
 
 RELIGION", 
 
 NIGHT 
 
 .TED 
 
 ch is sub- 
 mrth, con- 
 i, which, it 
 book more 
 ptable. It 
 BW supple- 
 id by C. K. 
 lege, Cam- 
 L religion, 
 Greeks ; in 
 mt produc- 
 briefly dis- 
 asto form 
 manners, 
 rts of life 
 . The 137 
 >ellish this 
 the fourth 
 ;s from the 
 quities,and 
 s of scenes 
 of Greece. 
 , Gell's ori- 
 e executed 
 
 " condensed, and that the details so 
 " copiously elaborated by him should 
 " be analysed and reduced to a oom- 
 " pendious manual, adapted to scho- 
 " lastic requirements, without detrac- 
 " tion from literary grace. Three 
 " editions of Dr. L. SCHMITZ'S his- 
 " tory have proved its acceptability." 
 
 * ^.c.,,, &a j ,.. ^.. Jcharf, jun. 
 Four editions of this work having been 
 favourably received, it is hoped that the 
 improvements above described will in- 
 crease its usefulness in laying 1 the basis 
 of a sound knowledge of the history arid 
 arts of ancient Greece, and in aiding the 
 young scholar to trace their influence 
 on modern civilisation. 
 
 London : LONG-MAN, BEOWN, and CO., Paternoster Eow. 
 
CLASSICAL SCHOOL-BOOKS 
 
 By EDWARD WALFORD, M.A. 
 
 LATE SCHOLAR OF BALLIOL COLLEGE, OXFORD; FORMERLY ASSISTANT 
 MASTER OF TUNBRIDGE SCHOOL. 
 
 I. 
 
 WALFORD'S HANDBOOK 
 
 DRAMA. Fcp. 8vo. price 6s. 
 
 of the GREEK 
 
 "A brief sketch of the old Greek stage, the 
 playwriters, the players, the plays, the theatre 
 itself, and the mode of acting, with a general 
 account of the metres used by the Greek dra- 
 matists. It is a well-executed little guide that 
 will be useful, we should think, to many." 
 
 EXAMINER. 
 
 " This handbook contains a disquisition on 
 the origin and progress of the Greek drama, 
 with short biographical notices of the principal 
 dramatists, a critical account of their sur- 
 viving works, and some episodical matter, as a 
 description of the festival of Bacchus. An 
 analysis of Aristotle's Poetry follows, with a 
 variety of topics bearing upon the Grecian 
 drama. It is a useful publication, bringing 
 tosether a quantity of information in a small 
 ompass." SPECTATOR. 
 
 " This little volume is of the multum inparvo 
 order. After a brief history of the origin and 
 development of domestic poetry in Greece, in 
 connexion with religious festivals, the author 
 gives an outline of the scenic arrangements of 
 the Greek theatre, and thence proceeds to treat, 
 in a series of sketches, of the principal dra- 
 matists, both tragic and comic. This is fol- 
 lowed by an analysis of Aristotle's treatise on 
 Poetry, and by an account of the various metres 
 employed in dramatic composition, and (in an 
 appendix) by a variety of matters, such as the 
 canons of Person, JBlomfield, and Monk ; the 
 whole forming a complete apparatus for the 
 use of the teacher, who will here find ready to 
 his hands much that it would cost him con- 
 siderable trouble to search for in more volu- 
 minous and expensive works." JOHN BULL. 
 
 WALFORD'S SHILLING LATIN GRAMMAR. 
 
 12mo. Is. 
 
 " Mr. Watford's Shilling Latin Grammar 
 is a very useful little manual, not only cheap, 
 but convenient to lie by the side of the young 
 student's book. The accidence is very com- 
 plete, and so much in a tabular form as to be 
 easily referred to: the syntax contains a great 
 deal in five pages." WEEKLY REGISTER. 
 
 " The object of the author has been ' to com- 
 pile a more simple grammar of the Latin 
 language than he believes has yet appeared in 
 England.' The basis is the Charter-House 
 Grammar, not the Eton ; and there is a good 
 deal for a shilling, from the alphabet to th 
 prosody." SPECTATOR. 
 
 WALFORD' S HINTS 
 
 Royal 8vo. Is. 6d. 
 
 on LATIN WRITING. 
 
 London : LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row. 
 
2 List of Mr. WalfordFs School-Books continued. 
 
 WALFORD'S PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES in 
 
 LATIN PEOSE. With Reference to the Author's Hints on 
 Latin Writing. New Edition, revised. 12mo. 2s. 6d. 
 
 WALPORD'S PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES in 
 LATIN ELEGIAC VEESE. FIBST SEEIES. Adapted, with 
 Eeferences throughout, to the Syntax of Dr. Kennedy's Latin 
 Grammar. 12mo. 2s. 6d. KEY, 5s. 
 
 VI. 
 
 WALFORD'S PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES in 
 
 LATIN ELEG-IAC VEESE. SECOND SEEIES. To which is 
 prefixed a Grammar of Latin Poetry, mainly based on the 
 work of Jani. 12 mo. 2s. 6d. 
 
 WALFORD'S GRAMMAR of LATIN POETRY 
 
 separate from the above. 12mo. Is. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 WALFORD'S CARDS for CLASSICAL 
 
 INSTEUCTION : 
 
 CARD of LATIN ACCIDENCE Is. 
 
 CARD of GREEK ACCIDENCE Is. 
 
 CARD of GREEK ACCENTS 6d. 
 
 CARD of LATIN PROSODY Is. 
 
 " Mr. Walford is the author of what may be 
 called first safe steps in education. ; and to all 
 who would lead or be led in classic paths his 
 Classic Cards will be valuable assistants. They 
 present us with a bird's-eye view of the gram- 
 
 CARD of GREEK PROSODY Is. 
 
 CARD of LATIN SYNTAX Is. 
 
 CARD of GREEK PREPOSITIONS. Is. 
 CARD of LATIN PREPOSITIONS, .is. 
 
 matical construction of the languages on which 
 ^hey treat, so that, whether in accidence or 
 prosody, the pupil will find them a convenient 
 and safe reference. They are clearly and ele- 
 gantly printed, and issued at a moderate price." 
 ARMAGH GUARDIAN. 
 
 London : LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row. 
 
PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES 
 
 LATIN PROSE: 
 
 WITH "REFERENCES 
 
 TO 
 
 THE AUTHOR'S 
 "HINTS ON LATIN WELTING," 
 
 BY 
 
 EDWARD WALFORD, M.A. 
 
 LATE SCHOLAR OF BALLIOL COLLEGE, OXFORD, AND FORMERLY 
 ASSISTANT MASTER OF T"NBRIDGF SCHOOL. 
 
 LONDON: 
 
 LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, LONGMANS, & ROBERTS. 
 1857. 
 
%* The figures above the lines enclosed in parentheses (sic) refer to 
 the Table of Idioms prefixed to this volume ; the rest refer to the different 
 paragraphs of the author's " Hints on Latin Writing," which is now for 
 the first time added to the book. 
 
 LONDON : 
 
 Printed by SPOTTISWOOUE & Co. 
 New-itreet Square. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 k> 
 
 THE following Exercises consist of passages which the/ 
 Author has been in the habit of setting to his pupils for some 
 years past, accompanied by references to. the Eev. T. K. 
 Arnold's Introduction to Latin Prose; a work on the merits 
 of which it is almost superfluous to speak here, so generally 
 are they felt and acknowledged by all who are engaged in 
 Classical Tuition. 
 
 Still it has always appeared to the Author, as it has to 
 many of his friends, that the works of Mr. Arnold are ren- 
 dered far too complicated for the majority of students, by the 
 multiplicity of references in every variety of type and form 
 which crowd their pages ; and, after much experience, 
 he ventures an opinion that, while the frequent use of that 
 author's two books on Latin Prose Composition has a 
 tendency to produce great accuracy of scholarship, so far as 
 individual phrases are concerned, they seem to be deficient 
 in one respect, namely, in teaching young men to connect 
 and combine their sentences together in the spirit and the 
 style of Cicero or Sallust. To this point, therefore, the 
 Author of this little work has been led to pay particular 
 attention ; and he cannot but entertain a modest hope that i t 
 may be found, upon further experience, not wholly useless to 
 those who wish to form a correct and elegant style of Latin 
 Prose Composition. 
 
 The ' Table of Idioms ' prefixed to this volume is based 
 upon, and to a great extent borrowed from, the " Tabular 
 Differences of Idioms," subjoined to Mr. T. K. Arnold's 
 Introduction to Latin Prose. 
 
 251092 E - w 
 
 30, Chepstow Place, Bayswater, 
 July, 1854. 
 
 A 3 
 
PREFACE 
 
 TO 
 
 THE SECOND EDITION. 
 
 A SECOND edition of this little work having been called for, 
 the Author has only to state that the references, more espe- 
 cially in the First Part, have undergone a very careful revi- 
 sion at his hands. In the other parts of the volume there is 
 no change, except that the Author's Hints on Latin Writing 
 are now for the first time bound up with the work. They 
 can still, however, be had in a separate form. 
 
 2$. Old Burlington Street, London, W. 
 May 15. 1857. 
 
TABLE OF IDIOMS. 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 1. And I, "| 
 
 And he, I 
 And we, | 
 For he. J 
 
 2. This but this for this since 
 
 this. 
 
 Therefore. 
 This matter. 
 Those and them. 
 
 3. You and I. ] 
 Balbus and I. 
 
 My friends and I. J 
 
 4. A good ting. 
 
 LATIN. 
 
 Who. 
 
 A kind of spurious benevolence. 
 5. Every good citizen. 
 
 All the wisest men think. 
 Secret counsels are most often 
 betrayed. 
 
 6. With naked shoulders. 
 
 7. He accomplished every thing. 
 To utter many falsehoods. 
 
 He spoke much, little, &c. 
 The future, the past. 
 The rest. 
 
 A 4 
 
 Which. 
 Wherefore. 
 Which matter. 
 Whom. 
 
 C I and you. 
 j I and Balbus. 
 C I and my friends. 
 
 A certain (quidam) good king. 
 Rex quidam bonus, or bonus 
 
 quid am rex. (See Hints on 
 
 Latin Writing ii. ). 
 Ficta qucedam benevolentia. 
 
 Bonus (or optimus) quisque 
 civis. (See Hints, i. 4. a). 
 
 Each most wise man thinks. 
 
 Each most secret counsel is most 
 often betrayed. 
 
 (Obs. The pluralmay be used.) 
 
 Or: As each counsel is most 
 secret, 50 it is most easily be- 
 trayed (ut . . . . ita, &c.). 
 
 Naked as to his shoulders. Nudus 
 humeros. 
 
 He accomplished all things 
 
 (omnia). 
 To lie many things. (Multa 
 
 mentiri.) 
 
 Multa, pauca, &c., locutus est. 
 Future things, past things. 
 The remaining things, (csetera). 
 
VI 
 
 TABLE OF IDIOMS, 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 8. Worth while^ 
 
 9. I did it purposely. 
 I did it unwillingly. 
 
 I was condemned in my absence. 
 
 10. The largest possible forces. 
 The greatest possible distance. 
 
 As few as possible. 
 
 13. / have a father. 
 
 You have brothers. 
 
 12. Brutus killed his father ( = the 
 
 father of Caius). 
 
 Brutus killed his father (=his 
 own. 
 
 13. And further besides &c. 1 
 In addition to this, &c. J 
 
 1 4. I fear that he will think. 
 
 I fear that he will not think. 
 
 15. The city of Corinth ; the island 
 
 o/Britain. 
 
 I did this when consul. 
 He is wicked in himself. 
 
 16. It is the duty of a king. 
 It marks a wise man. 
 Jt shows great valour. 
 
 It is characteristic of a coward. 
 
 It is prudent. 
 
 It is for women to weep. 
 It requires constancy. 
 Any man can laugh. 
 
 This is the result of boldness. 
 It is the height of audacity. 
 
 LATIN. 
 
 Worth (one's) work. Operse 
 pretium. 
 
 Prudens feci. 
 
 Invitus feci. 
 
 / absent was condemned. 
 
 As greatest forces (quam 
 
 maxima). 
 The distance which greatest can 
 
 , f Quanta "1 maxima potest 
 
 De '\Quam Jesse. 
 Quam paucissimi. 
 
 There is a father to me. 
 There are brothers to you. 
 
 Brutus patrem ejus occidit. 
 
 B. patrem suum occidit. 
 
 (Obs. The suum might be omit- 
 ted, if no ambiguity would 
 arise.) See Hints,v. 2, obs. 2. 
 
 Accedit quod (ind.), or ace edit 
 ut (subj.). 
 
 I fear lest he may think ( Vere- 
 or ne putet). 
 
 F fpflr 
 
 x 
 * Vereor ut putet' (w=ne non.) 
 
 The city Corinth ; the island 
 
 Britain (appos.). 
 I the consul did this. 
 He himself is wicked. 
 
 (""a king. 
 
 a wise man. 
 
 great valour. 
 
 a coward(or, of cow- 
 ardice). 
 
 a prudent man (or, 
 It is of-{ of prudence). 
 
 women to weep. 
 
 constancy. 
 
 any man (quivis) to 
 laugh. 
 
 boldness. 
 
 the highest audacity. 
 
TABLE OP IDIOMS. 
 
 Vll 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 17. He is capitally condemned. 
 
 Brutus is charged with bribery. 
 
 Balbus is acquitted of the 
 capital charge. 
 
 18. Balbus bought the field dear, 
 
 The bushel is very cheap. 
 
 I bought the book for ten talents. 
 
 19. A man of credit. 
 
 A man of great virtue. 
 
 Stones of weight. 
 
 20. Much land. 
 Half the matter. 
 Much (little) prudence. 
 More wisdom. 
 
 2 1 . Careful for the future. 
 Eager after learning. 
 
 22. To take in good part. 
 
 23. Human nature. 
 
 LATIN. 
 
 He is condemned of his head 
 (scil. damno or pretio). 
 
 B. is accused of bribery : am- 
 bitus (scil crimine). 
 
 (Note. De ambitu also occurs.) 
 
 B. is absolved from a charge 
 affecting his head. Capitisab- 
 solutus est (scil. crimine; see 
 Hints, iii. 3. j8). 
 
 At a great price: magni (scil, 
 aeris ; pretio being understood). 
 Modius minimi venit. 
 Librum decem talentis emi. 
 (See Hints, iii. 3. 7, and 6. 5). 
 
 A man endowed with credit 
 (fide prceditus}. 
 
 Vir fmagnae virtutis. 
 : \magnavirtute. 
 Hints, iii. 3. 8. and 6. 
 
 Saxa magni ponderis (or mag- 
 no pondere). 
 
 Much of land. (Multum terras. ) 
 Half of the deed. 
 Multum (parum) prudentiae. 
 Plus sapientise. 
 
 Careful q/'the future. 
 Eager of learning. 
 
 Boni consulere. 
 The nature of men. 
 
 24. Caesar 
 
 his speech. 
 
 25. Ballus says that he has not done it. 
 B. says that he has never been 
 
 present. 
 B. says that he told no one. 
 
 26. Caesar 1 f , , , , , 
 The Gauls J fought on horseback. 
 
 27. Successfully, prosperously, to 
 
 one's satisfaction. 
 Caius has had prosperous voyage. 
 The carpenter has finished the 
 
 work to my satisfaction. 
 
 A 5 
 
 speaking. 
 
 B. negat se fecisse. 
 
 B. denies that he has ever been 
 
 present. 
 B. denies that he told any one. 
 
 Caesar ex equo pugnavit. 
 Galli ex equis pugnavere. 
 
 From ( = according to) one's 
 
 opinion (ex sententia). 
 Caius ex sententia navigavit t 
 Faber ex sententia med (or mihi 
 ex s.) opus confecit. 
 
Till 
 
 TABLE OF IDIOMS. 
 
 ENGLISH, 
 
 28. Within the memory of man. 
 Since the foundation of Home. 
 
 29. If you think (uncertain). 
 If it is fine to-morrow. 
 If this is so (as it is). 
 
 30. Our hopes. 
 Your plans. 
 
 My beginnings. 
 
 What you fear. 
 The conqueror. 
 Justice. 
 
 31. The thing is so. 
 
 The matter is obscure. 
 
 32 The many victories we have 
 
 gained. 
 The most illustrious general that 
 
 Kome has produced. 
 All of whom. 
 Three hundred of us. 
 
 How many are there of you? 
 
 33. In general. 
 For the better. 
 
 34. Otherwise. 
 
 Thus. 
 
 35. This is dangerous to you. 
 That will be creditable. 
 
 The sea is the destruction of 
 
 sailors. 
 To charge to a person's fault. 
 
 36. One the other. " 
 
 One an other. 
 
 The latter .... the former. 
 On this side ... on that side. 
 One goes one road, the other 
 
 the other. 
 One . . . another . . a third. 
 
 LATIN. 
 
 Post hominum memoriam. 
 Post Eomam conditam (or ab 
 urbe condita). 
 
 If you may think. 
 If it may be, &c. 
 Which if it is so (est, or se 
 habet. 
 
 we hope. 
 
 you de- 
 termine. 
 
 I have be- 
 gun. 
 
 you fear. 
 
 Those things which 
 
 He who conquers. 
 That which is just. 
 
 The thing has itself thus. 
 The thing is involved (yersatur) 
 in obscurity. 
 
 The victories which many we 
 have gained. 
 
 The general whom most illus- 
 trious, &c. 
 
 Whom all 
 
 We three hundred (" nos " omit- 
 ted, if not emphatic). 
 
 How many are you ? 
 
 In universum. 
 
 Into the better. (In melius.") 
 
 Which if it be not so. (See 
 
 above, 31.) 
 Ita fit ut. 
 
 This is fora danger to you. 
 That will be for a praise to 
 
 you. 
 The sea is for a destruction to 
 
 sailors. 
 Alicui vitio dare (vertere). 
 
 "Alter .... alter. 
 Alius .... alms (or, "alter," 
 if another of two only is 
 meant : e. g. altera vita). 
 Hie .... ille. 
 Hinc . . . illinc. 
 Alius alia via progreditur. 
 
 [Alter . . . alter . . . alter. 
 
TABLE OP IDIOMS. 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 37. Do not believe. 
 
 Do not admire ; inquire, &c. 
 
 Write to me. 
 
 Take care to be present. 
 
 38. However hard. 
 
 Fierce as he his. 
 
 39. Such fury as. 
 
 40. No poet. 
 Scarcely any one. 
 
 41. The same as, different from. 
 Like as; the same number as. 
 My opinions are not the same as 
 
 yours. 
 
 He is the same that (or as) he 
 has always been. 
 
 42. Not even a grain of corn. 
 A grain not even of corn. 
 
 A good man indeed, but rash. 
 
 43. Worthy to be praised. 
 
 conquered. 
 
 He is kind in allowing. 
 Hard to be understood. 
 
 44. Too hard to be understood. 
 
 Too strong to be conquered. 
 
 He is too proud to steal. 
 Fit to fight. 
 
 45. Such is his constancy, 
 
 46. Scipio brought about the destruc- 
 
 tion of Carthage. 
 It is impossible to see Rome. 
 
 ["Beware lest you believe; or, 
 
 cave credas. 
 
 J Noli admirari ; fuge quserere. 
 I Fac ad me scribas. 
 (^Cura adsis. 
 
 However hard you please 
 
 (quantumvis). 
 However fierce he may be. 
 
 Tantus furor quantus. 
 
 Nemo poeta. 
 Nemo fere. 
 
 The same and different and 
 Simile ac ; totidem ac. 
 Non idem ac tu sentio. 
 
 Idem est ac semper fuit. 
 
 Ne granum quidem f arris. 
 Ne f arris quidem granum. 
 Bonus ille quidem vir sedtamen 
 temerarius. 
 
 Worthy who may be praised. 
 He is praised who ( = since he 
 has conquered). 
 
 He is good who allows (subj.). 
 Hard which 
 
 C may be understood. 
 
 I we may understand. 
 
 Harder than that it may be 
 understood : " quam ut," or 
 " quam quod," (subj.). 
 Stronger than (one; who may 
 
 be conquered. 
 
 Too proud than that he, &c. 
 Fit that he may (" qui," subj.). 
 
 ("Pro sua constantia. 
 
 j Quas sua est constantia. 
 
 L Qua est constantia. 
 
 Scipio effected that C. should be 
 taken. (See Hints, ix. 6.) 
 
 Fieri non potest ut Komam 
 videas. 
 
TABLE OF IDIOMS. 
 
 47. 
 
 48. 
 49. 
 
 50. 
 51. 
 
 52. 
 
 53. 
 
 54. 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 Especially to be praised. 
 
 The whole hope. 
 
 So to say ; to speak briefly. 
 
 He took the slave and killed 
 
 him. 
 He circumvented the enemy and 
 
 captured them. 
 
 There must needs be wars. 
 You may ( = are allowed) to go. 
 You ought do to this. 
 
 The destruction of Troy. 
 The favour of the gods. 
 Before the reign of Komulus. 
 foundation of Rome. 
 
 The honour of having saved 
 one's country. 
 
 LATIN. 
 
 One man to be praised. Unus 
 
 laudandus (or unice). 
 Spes una. 
 
 Ut ita dicam ; ut breviter dicam. 
 
 He killed the slave taken. Ser- 
 vum captum occidit. 
 
 He captured the enemy circum- 
 vented. 
 
 Bella sint necesse est. 
 
 Abeas licet. 
 
 Hoc facias oportet. 
 
 The " ut " is generally omitted. 
 
 Troy overthrown. 
 The gods favouring. 
 Before Romulus king. 
 Rome founded (ante R. 
 
 conditam). 
 The honour of one's country 
 
 being saved (servataj patrise). 
 
 Caesar did not neglect his C. patrias non defuit. 
 
 country. 
 Brutus was present at Philippi. B. Philippis interfuit. 
 
 Pity for the poor. ~| 
 
 Love towards Caius. 
 Connection with Cassar. j 
 "Rest from labours. 
 
 55. 
 
 No one will dare. 
 Every one knows, or there is no 
 one but knows. 
 
 {my means, 
 your merits, 
 my views. 
 
 f Misericordia pauperum. 
 
 J Amor Caii. 
 
 ] Conjunctio Csesaris. 
 
 [ Requies laborum. 
 Obs. This is called the objective 
 genitive, and generally/oZ/ows 
 the word which governs it. 
 The subjective gen. stands 
 before it: e. g. Caii amor, the 
 love of ( = felt by) Caius ; so 
 Thucydides writes, tfav 3 A6r)~ 
 jfatoov eArrtSa rov VUVTIKOV. 
 
 There is no one who may dare. 
 
 Nemo est quin sciat. 
 
 (Obs. A clause subjoined to a 
 negative will almost always 
 require the subjunctive.) 
 
 fpossim. 
 Pro eo ac < merearis. 
 
 i videatur. 
 
TABLE OF IDIOMS. 
 
 XI 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 56. It is wise to do this. 
 
 Whoever does not fear. 
 What arguments. 
 Wherever this succeeded. 
 Whenever we behold. 
 
 57. There is good reason why you 
 
 should hasten. 
 
 There is no good ground for alarm. 
 You cannot go without weeping. 
 
 58. Some people think. 
 
 59. Cato, / think, was wise. 
 Balbus, it seems, is gone. 
 
 No one, as far as I know, was 
 killed. 
 
 ^i ^ * f who came. 
 
 60. Hewa.^/rrf| toeOBie 
 
 Wolves roam by night 
 
 61. He knows. 1 
 He has learnt. J 
 
 He sees tnrough Caius. 
 I am persuaded. 
 I have finished the work. 
 62. It is becoming in an orator to 
 
 speak. 
 It is wrong for a man to revile. 
 
 He is blamed for having done so. 
 
 It is right for you to do this. 
 It is becoming in children to 
 obey. 
 
 Sunt qui < ^ 
 
 He is wise, whosoever may do 
 
 this ; or, if any one (si quis). 
 If any one may not fear. 
 If any arguments. 
 If this succeeded anywhere. 
 If ever we behold (si quando). 
 
 Est cur properes. 
 
 Nihil est cur (or quod) trepides. 
 Ire non potes quin fleas. 
 
 Tputant. 
 
 L putent. 
 
 Obs. The indie, will be used if 
 the speaker alludes to some 
 known person or class of per- 
 sons ; the subjunctive, if the 
 allusion be to a vague and 
 undefined class. See Hints, 
 xii. (.5.), obs. 
 
 f Cato, ut puto(orutmihivide- 
 j tur}, sapiens fait. Puto 
 
 |_Catonem sapientem fuisse. 
 Balbus, ut videtur, abiit (or 
 
 videtur Balbus abiisse). 
 Nemo, quod sciam, csesus est. 
 
 He first came (The adj. first, 
 
 see Hints, iv. 2.). 
 Lupi nocturni vagantur. 
 
 He has it known. (Cognitum 
 
 habet.) 
 (Obs. "Bene," " satis," " probe," 
 
 &c., are often joined with this 
 
 phrase. 
 
 He has Caius seen through. 
 I have it persuaded to me. 
 Opus absolutum habeo. 
 
 It is becoming (decef) that an 
 
 orator should speak. 
 It is wrong that a man should 
 
 revile. 
 
 He is blamed | ^^ e j has 
 
 done so (subj.). 
 
 It is right that you (should) do this. 
 It is becoming that children 
 
 (should) obey. 
 
Xll TABLE OF IDIOMS. 
 
 ENGLISH. LATIN. 
 
 63. To abdicate the throne. To abdicate oneself (&c.) from 
 
 the throne. 
 
 64. My friend Caius. My Caius. (See Hints, v. 2, 
 
 obs. 3.) 
 
 Your friend Balbus. Your Balbus. 
 
 A slave of mine. Servus meus ; or, a certain one 
 
 of(quidam ex) my slaves. 
 
 65. Great valour on your part. Magna tua virtus. 
 
 66. I find great pleasure in doing This most pleasant thing (gra- 
 
 this. tissimum) I do. 
 
 Balbus has the greatest difficulty Balbus walks most difficultly, 
 in walking. 
 
 67. There are countries which abound There are, &c., which abound in 
 
 in silver, in gold, and in iron. gol&,which in silver, which in 
 
 in iron. 
 
 68. Caesar is not the man to yield. C. non est is qui cedat. 
 
 69. To threaten Caius with death. To threaten death to Caius. 
 
 70. He came to the assistance of the He came to the Gauls for an 
 
 Gauls. assistance. Auxilio Gallis 
 
 adfuit. 
 He threw himself at Caesar's feet. He threw himself at the feet to 
 
 CcBsar. 
 He cut the enemy off from the sea. He cut off the sea to the enemy 
 
 (interclusif). 
 This will takeaway all my care. This will take away all care 
 
 from me (mihi). 
 
 71. I promise to come. I promise that I will come (me 
 
 venturum). 
 
 He undertakes to perform. He undertakes that he will per- 
 
 form. 
 
 (Obs. The esse is generally 
 omitted with these compound 
 infinitives.) 
 
 He pretends to be mad. He pretends that he is mad. 
 
 72. He sends a slave to report. He sends a slave who may report. 
 He does this to (or that he may) He does this by how much he 
 
 appear wiser. may appear more wise (quo 
 
 magis sapiens, or, quo sapi- 
 entior). 
 No food is so heavy as not to be No food is so heavy which may 
 
 digested. not be, &c. ("qui non," or, 
 
 " quin is," with subj.). 
 
TABLE OF IDIOMS. 
 
 Xlll 
 
 73. He cannot refrain from injuring. 
 
 He spares no pains "1 
 He leaves nothing I to please. 
 undone J 
 
 LATIN. 
 
 He cannot refrain himself that 
 he may the less (quominus) 
 injure. 
 
 Nihil praetermittit quominus 
 placeat. 
 
 I cannot do this without weeping. Hoc facere non possum quin 
 
 fleam. 
 
 74. 
 
 Who is there but thinks ? 
 
 Who is there that does not ^ Quis est quin putet ? 
 
 think ? 
 
 I cannot deny that, &c. 
 I cannot doubt that. 
 He does not shrink from fighting. 
 
 75. I return. 
 
 Negare non possum quin, &c. 
 Nihil dubium est quin. 
 Nihil dubitat quin, &c. 
 
 I move, stir, &c. ( = 1 go.) 
 
 76. The beginning of May. 
 The middle of December. 
 Early in October. 
 
 77. Caesar was within a very little of 
 
 taking the city (or, but a little 
 more and Caesar would have 
 taken). 
 He is far from being cruel. 
 
 He is so far from being cruel that 
 he is, &c. 
 
 78. To die. 
 After death. 
 
 79. I grieve, repent, am weary, pity, 
 
 am ashamed. 
 
 80. Thereis7 d fval 
 You have $ 
 
 There is need of haste, delibera- 
 tion, &c. 
 
 81. It is through you that I am now 
 
 alike. 
 
 It was through you that I was 
 not made Consul. 
 
 I return myself (revertor), or, I 
 bring myself back (me refero). 
 I move myself. 
 
 The Calends of May. 
 The Ides of, &c. 
 About the Nones of, &c. 
 
 C. was very little absent so as not 
 to take (C. minimum abfuit 
 quin caperet). 
 
 Procul ? 
 Multum ( 
 TaDtum ab est ut sit crudelis, ut 
 etiam, &c. 
 
 Obire mortem. 
 
 Morte obita, or, post mortem 
 obitam. 
 
 Me piget, poenitet, taedet, mi- 
 seret, pudet (with a gen. of 
 the thing). 
 
 There is work for (or with) 
 valour toyou. Opus est tibi 
 virtute; or, valour is a 
 work to you. " Virtus opus 
 est tibi." 
 
 Opus est maturate, consulto, 
 &c. 
 
 Per te stat ut superstes sim (or, 
 
 quod hodie vivo). 
 Per te stetit quo minus consul 
 
 forem. 
 
XIV 
 
 TABLE OF IDIOMS. 
 
 ENGLISH. LATIN. 
 
 82. And that too. Idque, idemque, et id quidem. 
 
 A good man and at the same Virum bonum eundemque pru- 
 
 time prudent. dentem. 
 
 That and that only is friendship. Ea demum sapientia est. 
 
 83. He does not fear at all. 
 
 84. This will tend to the preservation 
 
 of freedom. 
 
 He causes a bridge to be made. 
 The king gave them Latium to 
 
 dwell in. 
 He has to write a letter. 
 
 A boy fit for learning arts. 
 Whilst they are playing. 
 To be able to pay. 
 
 equal to bearing a burden. 
 
 I have leisure to read. 
 
 85. We believe. 
 
 We are in alarm. 
 You are envied. 
 
 One cannot live happy. 
 They had come. 
 
 86. Such being the case. 
 
 In censuring them you censure 
 
 me. 
 They then (or therefore) thought. 
 
 87. Where in the world? 
 At that time. 
 
 At this time. 
 
 88. How few there are that? 
 
 89. 
 
 Such a lover of virtue. 
 Such a rascal. 
 
 90. A revolution. 
 
 To be aiming at a revolution. 
 
 91. 
 
 A finger's breadth. 
 For the rest. 
 As to the Gods. 
 
 / He nothing fears (nihil). 
 \ He fears very little (minimd). 
 
 Hoc servandce libertatis erit. 
 
 Pontem faciendum curat. 
 Rex Latium habitandum dedit. 
 
 A letter is to be written (scri- 
 
 benda est). 
 
 Puer artibus discendis aptus. 
 Inter ludendum. 
 Solvendo (par) esse. 
 Oneri ferendo (par) esse. 
 Vacat mihi ad legendum. 
 
 It is believed (by us). 
 An-alarm-is-raised (trepidatur). 
 It is envied against you (invi- 
 
 detur). 
 
 It cannot be lived happily. 
 It had been come (ventum erat) 
 
 by them. 
 
 QUSB cum ita sint (or essenf). 
 Quum eos reprehendis, me re- 
 
 prehendis. 
 And since these things were so, 
 
 they thought. 
 
 Ubi gentium? 
 Id temporis. 
 Nunc temporis. 
 
 Quotusquisque est qui ? (subj.) 
 
 Adeo amans virtutis. 
 A man so wicked. 
 
 New affairs (res novce). 
 Studere rebus novis. 
 
 Transversum, ut aiunt, digitum. 
 Caetera. Quod ad csetera. 
 Quod ad Deos. 
 
TABLE OF IDIOMS. 
 
 XV 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 93. To care much for. 
 
 I do not care a straw for you. 
 
 94. Contrary to each other. 
 
 To compare things with each 
 other. 
 
 95. He lives among the great. 
 To be in difficulties. 
 This is difficult, obscure. 
 
 His life is spent in doing good. 
 
 96. I cannot but obey. 
 
 He does nothing but sing. 
 
 It cannot be that the Gauls 
 
 99. 
 
 I do not object to your coming. 
 
 97. To indulge a person in anything. 
 To save a person trouble. 
 To take away one's life. 
 To threaten a man with death. 
 
 To have of a great price. Magni 
 habere (so pluris, maximi, 
 nihili, &c.). 
 
 Non hujus (vrflocci) te facio. 
 
 Contrary between themselves 
 
 (inter se). 
 To compare things between 
 
 themselves. 
 
 Inter magnos versatur. 
 In rebus adversis versari. 
 In difficultate, in obscuritate, 
 
 versa tur. 
 In beneficiis conferendis vita 
 
 ejus versatur. 
 
 Facere non possum quin. 
 Nihil aliud quam cantat. 
 
 Fierinonpotest^L} rit 
 
 Non recuso quin venias. 
 
 Indulgere aliquid ~) 
 Intercludere molestiam > alicui. 
 Eripere vitam j 
 
 To threaten death to a man. 
 
 It remains that I should do this. Reliquum estl , <. - 
 
 Eestat J ut 
 
 &> ven 
 
 ia > allowed to him to live. 
 At was j 
 
 Constat te furere. 
 Apud omnes constat. 
 
 Actum est de. 
 Begem agere. 
 
 f Lest any one (ne quis). 
 < Lest anything (ne quid). 
 [ Lest ever (ne. . . unquam). 
 
 He may live. 
 
 He might have lived. 
 
 100. It is evident that you are mad. 
 All men are agreed. 
 
 101. It is all over with, &c. 
 
 To sustain (or play) the part of 
 a king. 
 
 102. That nobody. ^| 
 That nothing. [> 
 That never. J 
 
 Obs. This construction is only 
 to be used when " that " ex- 
 presses a purpose. When it 
 marks a consequence, " ut non " 
 is to be used, (see Hints, ii. 
 3.B.) 
 
XVI 
 
 TABLE OF IDIOMS. 
 
 103. By sea and land. 
 To take by storm. 
 To make a bad use of. 
 
 LATIN. 
 
 By land and sea. 
 Per vim expugnare. 
 To use badly (male uti). 
 
 104. He used to say (or would say}. Dicebat. 
 
 105. Tiberius has now reigned three 
 
 years. 
 He has been a long time reigning. 
 
 He has long been indebted to me. 
 To be in debt. 
 
 106. I remember to have (or having) 
 
 seen. 
 He believes in a future state. 
 
 107. It would have been better. 
 
 108. Different persons have different! 
 
 opinions. 
 
 One man thinks in one way, [ 
 another in another. J 
 
 109. That illustrious Csesar. 
 Alexander the Great. 
 That Catilina. 
 
 110. I go to see Rome. 
 
 111. To punish a man. 
 
 To gain a triumph over the 
 Thebans. 
 
 To reduce to subjection. 
 
 To bring under one's domi- 
 nion. 
 
 Without danger. 
 
 Without any danger to myself. 
 
 112. Common to A. and B. 
 A breach of duty. 
 
 T. is now reigning his fourth 
 
 year. 
 He is now reigning a long time, 
 
 ( Jamdudum regnat). 
 There are many years (from the 
 
 time) when he is in my debt. 
 In cere alieno esse. 
 
 Memini me videre. 
 
 He believes that there z's, &c. 
 
 It was better (satius). 
 
 H 
 
 Ille Caesar. 
 Ille Alexander. 
 Iste Catilina. 
 
 . EO r ut \ 
 
 . t qui / 
 
 R. videam. 
 
 3. Romam visurus. 
 
 4. visum Romam. 
 
 5. ad Romam videndum. 
 
 6. causa J Romam videndi. 
 - 7. \ Romse videndse. 
 
 Aliquem poena (or supplicio) 
 
 afficere. 
 De Thebanis triumphare. 
 
 SU<E ditionis facere. 
 
 Expers periculi. 
 
 Sine ullo meo periculo. 
 
 Common to A. with (cnm) B. 
 Against duty (contra officium). 
 
TABLE OF IDIOMS. 
 
 XV11 
 
 113. I almost think, &c. "1 
 
 I do not know whether &c. J 
 
 114. That victory cost the Romans 
 
 much blood. 
 
 115. He hears Balbus sing. 
 He sees B. walk. 
 
 We see them agitated. 
 
 116. Caesar, having met the enemy, 
 
 engages. 
 
 Balbus having defeated the 
 f returns " 
 
 returned 
 
 117. A blessing on 
 Good luck to 
 
 118. Private hostility. 
 
 T. 
 home ' 
 
 , 
 
 119. It is not every one who can do 
 
 this. 
 
 120. By way of affection. 
 
 121. Phi] osophers of old. 
 Poets of the present day. 
 
 122. My fortune and that of my 
 
 father. 
 
 123. All of us. 
 Few of you. 
 
 Haud scio an ; nescio an. 
 (Obs. Non is often added to 
 the an, when the uncertain- 
 ty leans to the negative 
 side.) 
 
 Ea victoria Romanis(&Sit.)multo 
 sanguine stetit. 
 
 B. audit canentem. 
 B. videt ambulantem. 
 Agitari videmus. 
 
 Caesar, cum hostibus congressus 
 
 praelium committit. 
 Balbus | cMinhostesrwenY, 1 
 \_ cum nostes vicisset, j 
 domum rediit. 
 
 Macte virtute esto. 
 
 (Obs. Plural, macti estote.) 
 
 The hostility of private indivi- 
 duals. 
 
 Non est cujusvis hoc facere. 
 
 124. To the great danger of the state. 
 
 125. This is so far from being the 
 
 case, that I almost hope. 
 I am so far from yielding, that I 
 have conquered. 
 
 126. Caesar did his best to save his 
 
 country. 
 
 Amoris ergo (or gratia). 
 
 Qui fuere philosophi. 
 Qui sunt hodie poetae. 
 
 My fortune and of my father 
 
 We all f The P ersonal P r - 
 Youfew j noun to be omitted 
 
 ^ unless emphatic, 
 f See Hints on Lat. Writing, 
 v. 1.) 
 
 With greatest danger of, &c.,cw/n 
 summo patrite periculo. 
 
 Tantum abest ut res ita se habeat 
 
 ut fere sperem. 
 Tantum abest ut cedam,utetiam. 
 
 vicerim. 
 
 Csesar hoc agebat ut patriam 
 servaret. 
 
XV111 
 
 TABLE OF IDIOMS. 
 
 127. He did this, in order to assist Hoc fecit, quo magis Caium ad 
 
 Caius. juvaret. 
 
 128. Caius did this of himself, of his Caius ipse haec fecit. 
 
 own accord, &c. 
 
 129. Virtue often languishes. 
 The weakness of men. 
 
 130. The search after wisdom. 
 The loss (death) of Hector. 
 
 131. It is doubtful. 
 It is uncertain. 
 
 The virtuous often languish. 
 Men, even the most weak. 
 
 Wisdom sought. 
 Hector lost (dead). 
 
 It is in the doubtful. In dubio 
 
 est. 
 In ambiguo est : in incerto est. 
 
PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES 
 nf 
 
 LATIN PROSE. 
 
 PART I. 
 
 EXERCISE I. 
 
 Private, togatus(= wearing the toga or dress of a private person ; see 
 Diet, of Greek and Roman Antiq.) In an especial manner, unice. 
 Effeminacy, mollifies. 
 
 (28) vi. 2. 
 
 1. THE greatest war within the memory of man is hanging 
 
 Y. 2. obs. 2. 
 
 over our state. 
 
 (2.) v. 4. obs. 2. I. 1. 
 
 2. And this honour happened to no private citizen before 
 me. 
 
 (47) (43) v. 4. obs. 2. 
 
 3. Cato is especially to be honoured above all, because he 
 
 (47) 
 
 loved his country in-an-especial-manner. 
 
 ^ m (45) i. 5. 
 
 4. Cicero, such was his diligence on behalf of the state, 
 
 (47) VHI. 3. obs. 2. 
 
 effected the capture of Catiline. 
 
 (2.) VHI. 3. obs. 1. 
 
 5. All these things have been so carried on by the leaders 
 
 XII. 1. B. 
 
 of the state, that we can almost recognise in them the pre- 
 
 (51) (2) 
 
 sence of the Gods : for they seem scarcely to be the results 
 
 (16) 
 
 of human counsel. 
 
 B 
 
PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART I. 
 
 <*S) 0) - (36) 
 
 6. For, to omit the rest, the cruelty of one tyrant, the 
 pride of another, the luxury, effeminacy, and cowardice of a 
 third ; in a word, I will say that all kings are worthy of 
 
 (43) XI. . 
 
 being deposed and slain. 
 
 EXERCISE H. 
 
 Revolt, revolution, res novce. 
 
 V. I. IV. 3. y. 
 
 1. He was unable to preserve honour during his life, and 
 
 XIII. 1. 
 
 therefore he could not die with equanimity. 
 
 IV. 3. 6. 
 
 2. He wrote to me with all speed concerning the revolt 
 
 iv. 1. in. 3. . 
 
 in Gaul, lest my property there should receive any damage. 
 
 XI. 3. , & 4. 
 
 3. A revolution having arisen, the King of Gaul yester- 
 
 (63) 
 
 day abdicated the throne. 
 
 vil. 2. y. obs. 1. 
 
 4. I have sent some one to you, to tell you where I am, 
 
 71) 
 
 who are with me, and when you may expect me to come. 
 
 v. 4. obs. 8. 
 
 5. You will learn from my friends where I am ; and this 
 
 (70) 
 
 will allay your fears. 
 
 ^ (53. obs.) xi. 1. 
 
 6. The fears felt by conspirators, when they are conscience - 
 
 \n. 2. y. obs. 2. 
 
 stricken and silent, show how unhappy they needs must be. 
 
 EXERCISE III. 
 
 Lofty estate, altus locus. 
 
 xni 3. f. (8) 
 
 1. It will doubtless be worth our while to contemplate the 
 
 (51) 
 
 power and majesty of the gods, and to consider how infinite 
 
PART I. IN LATIN PROSE. 3 
 
 (50) vn. 2. y. obs. 1. 
 
 that power needs must be, which not only created, but pre- 
 serveth everything. 
 
 m *,. i. Ws. i. 
 
 2. Men who are born in a lofty estate, are often wont to 
 
 (52) i. 5. 
 
 neglect their duty towards their poorer brethren. 
 
 XI. 1. 
 
 3. Cicero was born in a humble condition, but rose to the 
 
 v. 2. obs. 2. 
 
 highest dignities of the state by his care and diligence. 
 
 xni. 2, 3. obs. 2. 
 
 4. In this matter, however, all agree, whether high or 
 low, learned or unlearned, rich or poor. 
 
 (54) (53) 
 
 5. No one can vie with you in love for what is good and 
 honourable. 
 
 (40) ^ (55) 
 
 6. No good citizen will refuse in proportion to his means 
 to contribute to the benefit of his country. 
 
 xin. 2. 3. fT (5) 
 
 7. The best citizen will doubtless be the wisest. 
 
 EXERCISE IV. 
 
 Lenity, cequitas. Unqualified, merus (hence merum, scil. vinum, pure 
 wine). 
 
 (45) 
 
 1. Such is your lenity, I implore you to judge me 
 
 (55) 
 
 according to my merits, and not to use too great severity 
 towards me. 
 
 xni. in. 3. a. 
 
 2. It would be deemed among all good men the height 
 
 (16) (56) 
 
 of folly, for any one to give up his property unless com- 
 pelled. 
 
 xi. 4.1. .1.5. 
 
 3. From reading these speeches of Cicero against 
 
 (36) 
 
 Catiline, I should iudge the latter far the most abandoned 
 
 (43) 
 
 of citizens, but the former worthy of unqualified praise. 
 
 B 2 
 
4 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART I. 
 
 XIIL 2. 3. <* xm. 2. 3. i. 
 
 4. And all these things are of such a kind, that I can 
 almost believe them sent as gifts from the Gk)ds, who 
 
 xi. 1. xi. 2. obs. 
 
 always by their presence guard and protect the city of 
 Romulus. 
 
 EXERCISE V. 
 
 Grounds, causce. Philosophy, scientia. 
 
 m. 6 a xi. 1./3. (54) 
 
 1. No one is rightly to be esteemed wise, who cannot give 
 the grounds and reasons of the religion he professes. 
 
 2. There are more ways by which you can gain an evil 
 name than a good one. 
 
 (40) YIII. 2. s. xm. 1. 
 
 3. No philosopher will concede to you that the reasons 
 and causes of philosophy are variable and uncertain. 
 
 (34) (57) 
 
 4. Otherwise you will have no good reason for objecting 
 
 (70) 
 
 to go to the assistance of Caesar. 
 
 5. It is probable that by your wicked indulgence you will 
 
 (20) 
 
 bring upon yourself more harm than pleasure. 
 
 6. Things of the most serious importance cannot be ne- 
 
 (57) (65) 
 
 glected without great sin on your part. 
 
 xi. 1. obs. and 4. 3. 
 
 7. It is only by comparing your actions with God's 
 
 vii. 2. y. obs. 1. 
 
 commands that you can know whether you are in the right 
 or wrong. 
 
 EXERCISE VI. 
 
 Reap, percipere. 
 
 iv. 2. (60) (71) 
 
 I was the firt who promised to help you in your difficulties, 
 
 xm. 3. obs. 3. iv. 3. p. 
 
 and taught you to bear adverse fortune prudently. I also 
 
PART I. IN LATIN PROSE. 5 
 
 XII. A. 
 
 told you, (though you know it well), that glory is the fruit 
 
 xii. 1. v.4. ohs. 2. 
 
 of true piety and virtue, and that it therefore must not be 
 
 mA*.< 
 rejected by you. I trust that you will now reap much profit 
 
 v.4. obs. Land 5. 
 
 from what I then said $ and that you will so daily meditate 
 
 xn. B.obs. 4. 
 
 upon these matters, that you may leave life with a more 
 
 xii. 1. obs. and xi. 4. 3. obs. 
 
 even mind. When you have done this, there will remain 
 but little to be done by you afterwards ; and you will always 
 
 (59)* 
 
 rejoice, I think, when you look back upon the memory of 
 
 (7) 
 
 the past, and remember that no one can dfe courageously, 
 
 xii. 4. iv. 3. y. 
 
 but those who have lived virtuously. This thought will 
 
 (47) (70) m.4.y. x.l. 
 
 especially console you, that your life or death is in the hands of 
 
 vn. y. obs. 1. 
 
 God, who knows best what is expedient for you, and can 
 
 xu. I.e. vii. 2. j3. 
 
 perform for you all that He chooses and thinks best. 
 
 EXERCISE VII. 
 
 Honourable and upright, probus et integer. 
 
 XII. 1. A. 
 
 It is fortunate that the war is being now carried on with 
 
 (39) 
 
 such success, and that Balbus and the army are in good 
 
 (61) (5) 
 
 health ; for I have long-since learned that the oldest friends 
 
 xn. B. obs. 3 
 
 are the best, and that it is difficult to find such men as are 
 
 xm. 3d. (36) (71) 
 
 truly good and wise. For some pretend to be honourable 
 
 (V (71) 
 and upright, though they utter many falsehoods: and others un- 
 
 (71) (7) (7) v. i. obs. 2. 
 
 dertake to perform everything, but leave much undone, and so 
 
 xu. 4. 
 
 do not keep their word, Indeed there now is no one but wholly 
 
 (61) 
 
 understands this; for men have learned that but little of 
 
 B 3 
 
6 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART I. 
 
 v. 4. obs. 5. (27) 
 
 what they trust to their friends will turn out successfully. 
 
 xii. 5. vii. 3. obs. 2 
 
 If you should write to me, I would have you know that I 
 
 (71.) 
 
 am at Rome, and have promised to be at Veii before the 
 
 (71) vn. 3. obs. 1. 
 
 1st day of October. I hope to see you there. Farewell. 
 
 EXERCISE VIII. 
 
 Claim, sibi arrogare. Credit, laus. To pay, prosequi (with ace. and 
 abl.). Respect, observantia. 
 
 XH. B. obs. i. xii. 4. 
 
 Balbus has deserved so well of me that there is no one but 
 
 (61) xin. 1. 
 
 sees his merits. He has most happily finished the business 
 
 (71) v. 4. obs. 2. 
 
 which he promised to complete, and so has kept his word, 
 
 v. 4. obs. 8. xin. 1. 
 
 which a good man ought to do. I am sure that, by him at 
 
 vn. 2. 
 
 least, I shall never be deceived ; but that whatever I put into 
 
 xin. 2. 3. d. 
 
 his hands to be done, will be well performed. He is a man 
 
 (71) 
 
 who never pretends to do that which he leaves undone, 
 
 vn. 2. 0. (55) vn. 2. 
 
 or claims credit to himself further than he deserves. He 
 
 3. obs. 3. 
 
 praises what deserves praise ; and censures whatever is 
 justly to be blamed.-* He feels not only that it is disgraceful 
 
 vii. 2. /3. 
 
 to tell a lie, but that whoever keeps back the truth does in 
 
 (33) 
 
 fact deal deceitfully. . He is in every respect an honest and up- 
 
 (7) v. 3. 
 
 right man; he remembers that he owes very much to his 
 
 obs. 3. (1) xin. 1. 
 
 parents, and therefore he pays them obedience, reverence, 
 
 xii. 5. obs. vn. 3. obs. 
 
 and respect. If you wish to imitate the good, take Balbus 
 as your example. 
 
PART I. IN LATIN PROSE. 
 
 EXERCISE IX. 
 
 As to the Gods, quod ad Deos (pertinet, soil.}. At perfect peace, 
 pacatissime. An imperfect, mancus quidam et impcrfectus. 
 
 (57) (141) (51) xm. 2. 3. d. 
 
 I have no reason to fear the approach of death. As to 
 tfie Gods I have lived uprightly ; with my neighbours and 
 
 myself at perfect peace. And although I know not whither 
 
 vir. ft. and obs. 1. xi. 4. 3. obs. (61) 
 
 I am going after death is passed, yet of this I am certainly 
 
 (61) 
 
 assured that death will not be able to extinguish that 
 
 xi, 1. and 2. obs. NB. xi. 1. obs. /S. 
 
 principle of life which was once implanted in me at my birth ; 
 
 (50) (36) 
 
 I know therefore that there must needs be another life ; 
 and, as from an imperfect life in the womb I was brought 
 forth into this heavenly air, blessed and increased, so also 
 
 (36) 
 
 I trust that from this life I shall rise into another far 
 happier and better. 
 
 EXERCISE X. 
 
 To prosper ( = fare), rem gerere. To be groundless, causa car ere. 
 
 vii. 2. s. obs. 
 Who can deny that Balbus was unable to preserve honour 
 
 XHL 1. (2) 
 
 during his life, and that he was therefore unable to die 
 with a contented mind ? For certainly it is clear that he 
 
 IV. 3. y. 
 
 did not live uprightly, either towards the gods, or his 
 
 ^ v. 3. (57) 
 
 neighbours, or himself, and therefore we cannot wonder. 
 
 v. I. vii. 3. 
 
 Do you write to me concerning the revolt in Gaul with 
 
 iv. a . 
 all possible speed, that my property there may receive DO 
 
 xm. 2. obs. 5. in. 3. . 
 
 damage; for I hear by letters that a revolt has arisen 
 
 (63) 
 
 there, and that the proconsul has abdicated his command. 
 
 vii. 2. . vil 2. y. obs. 1. 
 
 When I hear from you where you are and how you are pros- 
 
 B 4 
 
8 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PAR 1 ! I. 
 
 pering, I will send the most faithful servant that I have, to 
 tell you how Caius is, who is with him, and when you may 
 
 (71) v. 4. obs. 8. (70) 
 
 be expecting to see him at Rome. This will allay your fears, 
 
 vii. 3. obs. 1. 
 
 although they are not groundless. Inquire of our friends 
 
 XIII. 1. 
 
 concerning Lsevina and Terentia, and let me know what you 
 
 vii. 2. y. obs. 1. 
 
 hear about them. 
 
 EXERCISE XL 
 
 Expediency, utilitas. Honour, honestas. Individuals, singuli. 
 
 (64) XII. B. 
 
 I have written to my friend Balbus that he may know 
 
 vii. 2. y. obs. 1. 
 
 how we are faring, and how matters are prospering in the 
 
 XIII. 1. 
 
 state. I have bid him remember that, however some men 
 
 (7) 
 
 may prefer the useful to the honourable, yet the rule of 
 
 (41) xii. 3. 
 
 expediency in fact is always the same as that of honour. I 
 
 (71) 
 
 have entreated him not to pretend to do what he well 
 
 (61) (7) 
 
 understands that he cannot do honestly ; for the past cannot 
 
 (58) xii. I.e. 
 
 be changed ; and there are always some who think all up- 
 
 (5) 
 
 right and honourable men mad. But I still feel that he 
 
 XH. 3. 
 
 is such as I have always thought him to be ; and that 
 
 i. 1. xnr. 1. 
 
 no better citizen can be found upon the earth. I do not 
 
 vn. 3. obs. 2. 
 
 think that he is a man who would willingly commit a breach 
 
 (52) 
 
 of duty, either towards the state, or towards individuals; 
 
 (61) 
 
 though he knows that it is pleasant to be praised, and 
 
 v. 3. obs. 3., and compare v. 2. obs. 2. 
 
 disagreeable to be blamed by his citizens. 
 
PART I. IN LATIN PROSE. 
 
 EXERCISE XII. 
 
 To judge harshly, acerbo judicio uti de. To inflict punishment, pcend 
 afficere. To treat, se gerere in (with ace.). 
 
 .(45) 
 
 I implore you again and again, with your usual lenity, to 
 
 VII. 2 ,3. (55) 
 
 judge me according to my merits, and not to employ too 
 
 1. 5. (41) 
 
 great severity towards me. For you are the same now that 
 
 XIH. 2. obs. 5. 
 
 you have ever been, and certainly you were accustomed to 
 
 (61) 
 
 judge no man harshly. Nay I am sure that you believe it 
 
 (16) (56) 
 
 would be the height of folly and madness not to spare those 
 
 XI. 1. 
 
 who confess their faults, and sue for pardon. It is right for 
 
 (62) I. 6. v. 4. obs. 8. (5) I. 4. a. 
 
 a citizen to spare citizens : and this is what all good men do. 
 
 vii. 3 obs. 1. (3) 
 
 Do not, I beseech you, compel my friends and me to go into 
 
 xi. 1. S 7. > XHI. 3. obs. 4. vii. 3. obs. 1. 
 
 exile, and to carry with us all our property. Do not think 
 us such wicked and abandoned citizens, or that no punish- 
 
 . (44) 
 
 ment can be too great to be inflicted on us. This surely 
 
 in. a a. (16) 
 
 would not be the mark of a great and noble mind ; nor will 
 
 III. 4. y. (35) 
 
 it ever be an honour to you to have treated us thus. After- 
 
 xi. 4. obs. 
 
 wards, when this has all been satisfactorily finished, you will 
 find us in very many ways to deserve well of the state. 
 
 EXERCISE XIII. 
 
 Naturally enough, quasi ex natura. Thoroughly, penitus. Characters, 
 =men. Assume, sibi arrogare. 
 
 (66) 
 
 I have the greatest difficulty in suspecting my friends of 
 
 V. 1. 
 
 any breach of faith ; for I am myself unable to deceive 
 
 B 5 
 
10 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART I. 
 
 ao 
 others, and naturally enough I expect to find others like 
 
 XII. C. 
 
 myself. There are however men in the world that abound 
 
 (67) (32) 
 
 in perfidy, in fraud, and in deceit ; all of whom I thoroughly 
 detest. And I can say with perfect honesty that, whatever 
 
 in. 3. . (57) 
 
 other persons may think of them, I can find no reason 
 
 XHI. 1. ^ 5. 
 
 why I should ever desist from my hatred. Every wise, and 
 
 vii. 2. y. obs.3. ii. 
 
 good, and upright citizen must feel an innate aversion to- 
 
 (53) t (71) 
 
 wards those characters^ who (by pretending to be what they 
 are not, and by assuming fictitious virtues) are in reality 
 
 III. 4. y. 
 
 the chief danger of the state. 
 
 EXERCISE XIV. 
 
 Recede, decedere. Position, locus. 
 
 vn. S.obs. 2. 
 
 There are some things concerning which I wish to inform 
 
 (61) 
 
 you. First, be persuaded that, as Caius is meditating a 
 
 (28) 
 
 revolt, the greatest war within the memory of man is hanging 
 
 xii. B. obs. 3. (63) 
 
 over our state : for he is not the man to desist from his en- 
 
 (30) 
 
 deavours, or to recede from his present position, without he 
 
 (61) 
 
 is compelled. In the next place, of this you may be sure, 
 
 xn. 1. A. (45) i.5. 
 
 that the consul, with his usual diligence on behalf of the 
 
 (46) IX. 6. 
 
 state, in a few days at the most will effect the capture of 
 
 iv. 3. (3. 
 
 Catiline. Nay, I think, that all which is necessary to our 
 purpose will be so carried on by the leaders of the state, 
 
 XII. 1. B. 
 
 that we shall prosper in the end, and things will turn out to 
 
 (27) 
 
 our satisfaction. For even in what has been already accom- 
 
 (51) 
 
 plished, we can almost recognise the presence of the gods ; 
 
PABT I. IN LATIN PROSE. 11 
 
 HI. 3. . 
 
 for they seem scarcely to be the results of mere human 
 
 (16) 
 
 counsel. It is however always right to remember this, that 
 
 (58) obs. v. 2. obs. 2. 
 
 those who love their country in an especial manner, are 
 especially to be honoured above all others. Take care, t^n, 
 that you deserve this honour and reward : for if you uu 
 there will be many who will rejoice at it. 
 
 EXERCISE XV. 
 
 Declining years, =him growing old. 
 T. 2. obs. 2 & 3. (2) 
 
 Your father is now an old man, and therefore cannot hope 
 
 (71) vn. 2. y. obs. 3. (42) 
 
 to live long. You must, then, remember that he cannot even 
 promise himself continual health, and that it is your chief duty 
 
 XI. 2. ObS. N. B. 
 
 to assist him in his declining years. I am sure that you will 
 
 v. 4. obs. 8. 
 
 readily do this, as a good son should do ; and, what is more, 
 that you will not grudge the labour and trouble. Your sister, 
 
 (59) (27) (71) 
 
 it seems, has had a prosperous voyage to Spain, and promises 
 to be with us at Rome before the beginning of December. 
 
 XHI. 1. xni. 2. obs. 3. 
 
 She has taken with her all her property ; but says that she 
 
 vii. 2. -y. obs. 1. 
 
 does not know when Caius will come. She is much pained 
 to hear that the good and wise citizens have been banished 
 
 xi. 4. 
 
 from Rome, and hopes that by favour of the gods, peace 
 
 xni. 3. . 
 
 will soon be restored. If once our state can but gain tran- 
 
 (66) YII. 3. obs. 4, 
 
 quillity, prosperity will sure to follow. Let us know how 
 
 vii. 2. <y. obs. 1. 
 
 you are, and how things are prospering in Germany. Fare- 
 well. Naples, 4th of April. 
 
 B 6 
 
12 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART L 
 
 EXERCISE XVI. 
 
 Seldom or never, fere nunquam* 
 
 iv. 3. ft. xiii. 2. 3. obs. 3. 
 
 Balbus lias sinned much against the laws ; but nevertheless 
 
 (25.) vir. 2. ft. (71.) 
 
 he says that he has not. If you will trust me I will promise 
 
 xi. 4. ^ xin. 2. obs. 3. (71) 
 
 to come to Rome when the war is finished ; and I undertake 
 
 (73) 
 
 then to leave nothing undone to complete the business to your 
 
 (27) iv. 3. ft. 
 
 satisfaction. I have long felt that much is to be done ; but 
 
 IV. 1. 
 
 that in this matter little has been done as yet. But who is 
 
 (74) (80) ^ 
 
 there that knows not that there is need of delay if you ever 
 
 vii. 2. ft. vii. 3. obs. 1. 
 
 wish to see Caius and the army safe ? Be content there- 
 fore with what you have in your hands; believe that the 
 
 (5) vii. 3. obs. 2. (71) 
 
 oldest friends are best ; promise always to love and revere 
 
 vii. 3. obs. 1. 
 
 them ; keep your word to them ; be not ignorant of your 
 
 (52) vii. 3. obs. 2. v. 4. obs. 7. (7) 
 
 duty. Remember that not he who speaks much, but who 
 
 (7) t 
 
 speaks the truth, is in reality the best friend. I have re- 
 
 v. 4. obs. 7. 
 
 ceived the letters which you sent me ; and as I seldom or 
 
 (71) 
 
 never stir from the place where I live, I shall hope to receive 
 
 (76) 
 
 others from you before the middle of June. 
 
 EXERCISE XVII. 
 
 State of Rome, res Romance. Safe ( = saved), salvus. Rash, 
 
 xi. 1. viii. obs. 1 & 2. vii 2. y. obs. 1. 
 
 Balbus wrote to Cicero and asked what he thought con- 
 cerning the state of Rome ', and whether Caius had not been 
 
 (77) 
 
 within a very little of being killed. Cicero answered that it 
 
PART I. IN LATIN PROSE. ] 3 
 
 (81) v. 3. xn. 1. A. 
 
 was through himself that Cams had escaped the danger, and 
 was now safe at Rome. " But," added he, " J doubt whether 
 
 ix. 2. 
 
 I ought to advise you to take any further steps in this mat- 
 
 Xii. 6. 5. /3. 
 
 ter ; for it is uncertain whether he may take it in good 
 
 (22) (73) 
 
 part or not. Nothing certainly prevents you from doing 
 
 iv. 2. 
 
 this ; and why should you not do that which every wise 
 
 (5) vii. 2. 5. vn. 3. obs. 1. 
 
 man would do if he could ? But I beseech you, do nothing 
 
 IV. 3. y. in. 3. /3. 
 
 imprudently or rashly, lest you be accused of temerity. 
 Farewell." Rome, Feb. 25. 
 
 EXERCISE XVIII. 
 
 Treasures, copies. Temporary and fleeting, brevis etfugax. 
 
 (57) ix. 2 & 3. xii. 3. 
 
 There is no reason why you should not do the same as 
 
 (5) vn. 2. (H) 
 
 every wise man does, when he fears the approach of poverty. 
 
 xni. 1. iv. 3. y. 
 
 He wisely lays up for himself treasures of learning and 
 
 XIII. 1. 
 
 philosophy ; with these his mind is ever kept in an even and 
 
 jrni. 2. 3. (d) (61) 
 
 contented state; he knows that, however temporary and 
 
 v.S. 
 
 fleeting other riches may be, of these no man can rob him ; 
 
 v.3. obs. 3. 
 
 nay, that they must be his to the last day of life ; and that 
 
 xi. 4. (78) v. 3. 
 
 even after death they will survive to him in some higher 
 and more glorious condition of being. 
 
 EXERCISE XIX. 
 
 Character, mores. Virtuous, probus. Connection, conjunctio. 
 
 in. 6. /S. 
 
 Remember that slaves are not always of the same cha- 
 
 XII. (3) v. 2. obs. 2. (36) 
 
 racier as their masters, but that some of them are brave 
 
14 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART I. 
 
 and honest, others base and abandoned. In all matters of 
 
 (80) vn. 2. . 
 
 this kind there is need of deliberation before you decide 
 
 VII. 2. y. obs. 1. VII. 3. obs. 1. & 2. (2) 
 
 what you will do ; so do not employ too great rashness, for 
 
 (79) 
 
 certainly you will hereafter repent of it. It cannot indeed 
 
 (74) ix. 3. & 8. 
 
 be denied that your father has lived most uprightly, and 
 that he has brought you up to live an upright and virtuous 
 
 (47) vn. 3. obs. 2. 
 
 life. One thing above all I wish, that I may be able to call him 
 
 (53) (2) 
 
 away from his connection with Brutus and Balbus. This 
 
 VH. 2.0. (80) 
 
 if I can only do, I shall have need of nothing more ; but 
 
 IV. 3. y. (59) 
 
 I shall live contentedly and die happily. You, I know, 
 
 (15) xii. (3) 
 
 will be as consul, the same man that you were before ; and 
 
 xiii. 2. 3. obs. 5. (52) v. 2. obs. 2. 
 
 you will never be wanting to your duty, whatever may 
 
 vn. 2. /3. 
 
 happen. 
 
 EXERCISE XX. 
 
 Near of kin, cognatus. Patriot, patrice amans. Persevere, persistere. 
 
 (39) in. 4. y. (69) 
 
 Who does not see how odious it is for a citizen to prefer 
 
 (17) v. 3. obs. 3. in. 2. /3. (82) 
 
 a capital charge against his (fellow) citizen, and that too 
 
 XI. 1&2. NB. 
 
 when he is near-of-kin to himself? This surely demands 
 
 in. 3.. (77) /62) 
 
 great firmness ; and it would be far from becoming in any- 
 one who calls himself a patriot, to refuse to perform this 
 
 xin. 1. B. obs. 4. 
 
 duty, in order to escape from the ill will of others. For my 
 
 (83) 
 
 part I should not be surprised if the disaffected of our 
 
 (30) 
 
 people should impute my conduct to me as an act of 
 
 (35) 
 
 impiety ; but then I am consoled by the thought that every 
 good and upright citizen would willingly throw himself 
 
PART I. IN LATIN PROSE. 15 
 
 (70) xiii. 2. 3. (d) 
 
 at my feet, and urge me to persevere. Surely, if the gods 
 
 TII. 2. /S. (30) 
 
 favour our endeavours, and we are sufficiently bold to 
 persist, the present dangers will tend to the preservation of 
 
 (84) v. 1. (61) 
 
 liberty, I now see plainly through the designs of our 
 
 d) () 
 
 agitators : and I think them deserving of capital punish- 
 ment. 
 
 EXERCISE XXL 
 
 Deadly, f atolls. To invest the consuls with dictatorial power ( = to 
 bid the consuls see that the republic suffer no harm), jubere videant 
 consules ne quid ret-publica detrimenti capiat. Watches, excubia. 
 Drive to madness, dementare. Power, numen. 
 
 (85) B XIII. 3. *. 
 
 We are in a great-state-of-alarm at Rome ; it is certain 
 
 (74) 
 
 that Catiline's plans have been brought to light, and no-one 
 
 v. 1. ^ (90) 
 
 doubts that he is aiming at a revolution. Nay, Catiline in 
 
 v. 3. obs. 3. v. 3. 
 
 his own heart feels that his counsels are detected ; that he is 
 
 (2) 
 
 in danger of losing his life ; and therefore he has quitted the 
 city with his deadly band of conspirators. Much indeed does 
 
 (5) 
 
 every good man wish that the senate would invest the consuls 
 
 (70) 
 
 with dictatorial power, and put the state in their hands. It 
 
 (83) 
 
 is indeed strange that he has not been affected by the watches 
 posted in the city, the general panic, the agreement of all 
 good men in condemning him, and the countenances with 
 which they meet him. But it is an old saying, that " whom- 
 
 (56) 
 
 soever God would drive to ruin, He first drives to madness" 
 
 (86) 
 
 Such being the case, we cannot doubt that in this wicked 
 and abandoned citizen some mighty power is working, even 
 
 XI. 1. 
 
 though we see it not. May the gods who defend our city, 
 
16 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART I. 
 
 ward it from off our altars and our hearths! He may be 
 
 (15) 
 
 in himself both wicked and profligate, but there is no reason 
 
 (57) xi. 4. (1) and vii. 2. /3 
 
 why we should despair, if the gods will aid us. 
 
 EXERCISE XXII. 
 
 To have intercourse with, convenire (with ace.). To bring to light, 
 palam in lucem proferre. Prevented, impeditus. 
 
 vii. 3. obs. 2. (64) 
 
 I would have you know, my friend Aulus, that on the 
 26th of October, Catiline first showed us the nature of his 
 
 (30) (73) 
 
 designs. But for a certain reason I declined to take a share 
 
 (2) 
 
 in them ; and accordingly I have not yet brought myself to 
 
 v. 1. 
 
 have any intercourse with that wicked and abandoned 
 
 vir. 2. ft 
 
 citizen. And who is there who will not confess that in this 
 
 (77) 
 
 matter I have acted most justly? Nay I am so far from 
 doing this, that I am rather disposed to condemn myself of 
 
 in. 3. ft xiii. obs. 3. 
 
 sloth and inactivity. I hope however greatly, that the time 
 will come when these things will all be brought to light. 
 But in the mean time I think that I shall have to fear, lest, 
 
 (39) 
 
 among such dangers to which our city is exposed, I seem to 
 
 (5) IV. 3. 
 
 every good citizen to be too slack and remiss. But what is there 
 
 IV. 3. ft. 
 
 for Catiline to expect further ? Everything is on the point 
 
 xni. obs. 4. 
 
 of breaking forth, and being brought to light. Can he deny 
 that he has been studying to raise a commotion in our 
 country and our state, and that unless prevented by the 
 
 (5) 
 
 watchfulness of the consul he will bring ruin on us all, and 
 
 (82) (76) 
 
 that too before the beginning of December ? 
 
PART I. IN LATIN PROSE. 17 
 
 EXERCISE XXIIL 
 
 Elect, designates. To depend upon, pendere ab. Attend, adesse. 
 Dying, fere sopitus. To lay before the senate, referre ad senatum. 
 Unbroken, integer. To enjoy, utor. 
 
 (74) 
 
 There is scarcely any one who can deny that so long as 
 
 MI. 1. 2. 
 
 he remained at Rome, Catiline was most dangerous to our- 
 
 v. 2. obs. 2. xiii. I. 
 
 selves, our lives, and our fortunes. He not only plotted 
 
 vi. 2. (15) 
 
 against Cicero when he was consul elect, but against the 
 great body of senators. Nay what is more, at that very 
 time he was engaged in an actual conspiracy against the 
 state, our common mother : on the vigilance of the consul 
 
 . (47) 
 
 and of him alone the entire hopes of the state depended. 
 
 xi. 4. 1. v. 1. 
 
 But since by the aid of the gods that plague and curse of 
 the state has been driven off from our hearths and altars, 
 
 (57) 
 
 there is no cause for fear. And since good fortune has thus 
 
 xiii. obs. 4. (87) 
 
 far attended us, where in the world shall we find the man 
 who will again fan into a flame the dying embers of revolu- 
 
 (76) 
 
 tion ? In the early part of next month, we shall find, that 
 the whole matter will be laid before the senate ; nor will 
 
 v. 4. obs. 6. 
 
 there be found a single citizen ignorant of the great good 
 
 (32) 
 
 fortune that has thus far attended us. As to the rest, I would 
 
 vii. 3. obs. 2. 
 
 have you know, that recently we have enjoyed an almost 
 unbroken peace at Rome, but at Tibur and at Yeii, we hear 
 that fresh seditions are daily being brought to light. 
 
18 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PARTI. 
 
 EXERCISE XXIV. 
 
 To meet, obire. Encounter, occurrere. Young nobility, prcetextati 
 juvenes ( = wearing the praetexta, see Diet, of Greek and Roman 
 Antiq.). Pliable, cereus (see Hor. Ars Poet. 163). To -watch 
 opportunities for crime, ad scelera vigilare. Bend, quasi Jingere. 
 
 (59) xii .A. obs. 3. 
 
 1. Catiline, you know, was of such a nature, that nothing 
 
 xn. 4. 
 
 was too hard for him : there was nothing so difficult but he 
 
 iv. 3. y. in. 3. . 
 
 would willingly meet it ; no danger which he would not 
 
 xiu. 1. ^ xin. obs. 3. 
 
 readily encounter he watched opportunities for crime, and 
 
 (73) (30) 
 
 left no means untried to effect his purposes ; he laboured 
 constantly among the young nobility to find pliable dispo- 
 sitions, and to bend them to every species of sin. In fact, 
 
 (38) (23) 
 
 fallen as human nature is from its former high state, there is 
 
 XIII. C. 
 
 no one to be found in civilised communities that in baseness 
 
 (54. obs.) 
 
 and profligacy can be compared with Catiline. 
 
 EXERCISE XXV. 
 
 Admit, faten. A fingers breadth beyond what, transversum, ut aiunt, 
 digitum ultra quod. To punish, supplicio afficere : (punio is seldom 
 
 ( 54. obs.) 
 You will scarcely find a man who will not admit that it is 
 
 (88) 
 
 most base to tell a falsehood ; and yet how few are there who 
 
 vi. 4. (85) 
 
 can always be believed? He of whom I write had been con- 
 
 (86) vi. 4. 
 
 tinually warned not to violate the truth ; so that now there 
 
 xn. 4. (89) 
 
 is scarcely anybody but thinks it just that such a knave 
 
 xm.l. (64) 
 
 should be punished. He falsely charged his associates with 
 
 xii. 6. 2 
 
 the worst of vices, crying out, " Why did they not learn to 
 
PART L IN LATIN PROSE. 19 
 
 obey the laws of virtue ? ought they to urge any man to 
 
 (91) v.4. obs. vii. 2. ix. 4. 
 
 swear a finger's breadth beyond what he thought to be 
 
 xi. 1. iv. 2. 
 
 right ?' And when he had thus spoken, he was the first to 
 
 vii. 2. j. obs. 
 
 urge them on to evil courses. This being the case, is it not 
 for our advantage to banish such a one from the state ? 
 
 vii. 2. $. 
 
 For if all the rules of honour be not preserved among us, 
 
 (93) v. 2. obs. 2. 
 
 who will care a straw for our city or our country ? 
 
 EXERCISE XXVI. 
 
 Declare, enuntio. 
 XIH. (3)f. (85) v. 2. obs. 2. 
 
 You are not ignorant that there is great commotion in our 
 city, and that Caius is banishing the good and the wise. In- 
 
 (5) (71) 
 
 deed, every abandoned citizen pretends not to hear what the 
 
 vii. 2. y. obs. 1. (1) 
 
 laws declare, and swears that he will not observe them. 
 Thus, as you see, we are in great confusion. Nothing now 
 
 (27) iv. 3. /3. 
 
 turns out satisfactorily ; the past is sad and miserable the 
 
 xin. 3. . 
 
 future hopeless. We are now beginning to learn that virtue 
 
 (94) 
 
 and vice, obedience and rebellion, are contrary to each other, 
 
 (7) 
 
 and that we owe very much to those wise men who have laid 
 
 (95) 
 
 down good laws for our state. But these men no longer live 
 
 XI. 1. XIII. 1. 
 
 among us ; they are dead and gone ; and hence, all fear and 
 
 (53) ^ xii. 4. 
 
 reverence for the laws is gone ; there is no one but knows 
 that certain ruin is hanging over us. 
 
20 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES. PART I. 
 
 EXERCISE XXYI1 
 
 Pardonable, venid dignus. To be faint-hearted, anirnum demittere. 
 Despond, despero. 
 
 (96) (30) 
 
 I cannot but grant your request, especially when it is so 
 
 xiii. obs. 3. (59) 
 
 small a matter, and at the same time one on which you set such 
 
 xni. 1. (34) vii. 2. t. 
 
 store. Even if this were not the case, I almost think that I 
 
 (97) (30) 
 
 should have been willing to indulge you in your wish; for 
 
 v. 4. obs. 8. (2) (59) 
 
 it is very pardonable. You will therefore, I think, have no 
 
 (57) 
 
 ground for believing me unkind ; and so I am able and glad 
 
 (97) (91) 
 
 to cut off from you all cause of complaint. For the rest, I 
 would entreat you, by everything which you hold dear, not 
 
 (39) XH. 3. 
 
 to be faint-hearted in such dangers, as have never yet come 
 
 v. 2. obs. 2. vii. 3. obs. I. 
 
 upon our state. Let nothing tempt you for a moment to de- 
 
 xi. 4. 
 
 spondy as though under the favour of the gods, nothing can 
 be done to set her free from the enemies who now oppress 
 
 v. 3. obs. 2. vii. 3. obs. 1. 
 
 her. Do not play the coward when our need of stout and valiant 
 
 vn. 3. obs. 1. 
 
 citizens is sorest ; beware, I beseech you, of preferring your 
 
 XI. 2. ObS. N. B. 
 
 own private interests to those of our state, though her condi- 
 tion now is all but desperate. 
 
 EXERCISE XXVIII. 
 
 Encounter, obire. Conspirator, conjurator. 
 
 (74) iv. 3. y. 
 
 There is no doubt that we ought willingly to encounter 
 
 in. 3. ?. 
 
 any danger on behalf of our country, and not to shrink from 
 
 (74) vn. 2.^. 
 
 shedding our blood for it, if necessity requires. This is 
 
PART 1. IN LATIN PROSE. 21 
 
 (67) 
 
 what Gracchus did at Rome ; what Codrus did at Athens ; 
 
 (5) 
 
 what every good citizen will do, rather than allow the 
 enemies of his country to boast that they have been success- 
 
 (98) 
 
 ful. It remains that I should advise you to do nothing 
 
 iv. 3. y. (61) 
 
 rashly. Let any one rather blame you for having acted 
 
 vii. 3. obs. 1. 
 
 slowly than accuse you of cruelty. Do not be disturbed in 
 
 vi. 4. obs. (95) 
 
 mind : do not be ashamed of those with whom you must live 
 
 vii. 2. d. 
 
 day by day ; and if you see the designs of conspirators laid 
 open, and their artifices brought to light, both I and all your 
 friends will greatly rejoice. Long since you ought to have 
 
 (99) 
 
 known that the peace and tranquillity of the state is to be 
 sought above all things ; and that nothing is to be found 
 
 (71. obs.) 
 
 which can be compared with the prosperity of a happy and 
 quiet republic. 
 
 EXERCISE XXIX. 
 
 To return ( = requite) repensare. 
 vi. 4. J.5. (32) 
 
 I repent of my many sins against you, all of which I 
 
 (45) 
 
 know that you will forgive with your wonted kindness. 
 
 (2) 
 
 Nothing will tend more than this to make my repentance 
 
 xin. 3. f. (30) 
 
 lasting. To forgive an injury is to conquer your injurer. 
 
 xin. 2. (3)f. in. 3. a 
 
 It is the conduct of mankind in general to return ill for ill ; 
 but to suffer ill and to do good is worthy of a king indeed. 
 
 vii. 3. obs. 1. (30) xii. obs. 3. 
 
 Let us see therefore, by your conduct, that you are such a 
 
 xn. 3. in. 4. 
 
 man as you are reported to be ; and you will awake in me 
 feelings not only of love, but of admiration. 
 
22 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PABT L 
 
 EXERCISE XXX. 
 
 To invade, arma inferre. Violent conduct, insolentia. 
 
 (100) 
 When Caesar knew that it would be a-breach-of-duty to 
 
 (45) 
 
 invade his country, according to his (wonted) moderation, 
 he took his post on the banks of the river, and exclaimed 
 
 .(64) 
 
 that it-was-all-over-with his friends. No one, so far as I 
 
 (59) 
 
 know, had done the same deed of daring as yet ; and lest 
 
 vii. 2. y. 
 
 any one hereafter venture upon a like course, we proclaim 
 
 (56) 
 
 that whosoever from-this-day-forth shall be convicted of such 
 
 in. 3. ft. v. 4. obs. 7. 
 
 violent conduct, shall be sentenced to death. For by such 
 
 in. 3. 1. (74. obs.) 
 
 men as these there is no crime which will not be readily 
 
 xii. 2. 
 
 undertaken ; and no one, we imagine, is so foolish as to 
 
 (74) 
 
 think that he can do so without inflicting the deepest injury 
 upon our state. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXI. 
 
 Dependent states, clientele. Chief families, primores. 
 When Caesar came into Gaul, the JEdui were the leaders 
 
 (36) xiii.l. 
 
 of one faction, the Sequani of the other. And since 
 
 (36) 
 
 single-handed, the latter people were but weak-(because from 
 an early period the chief authority had been vested in the 
 JEdui, and they had large dependent sates),-ihey had 
 
 v. 8. 
 
 united to themselves the Germans and Ariostus himself, 
 
 xiii. 1. v. 3. obs. 3. (7) 
 
 and had brought them over to their side by great boasts and 
 
 xi. 4. 
 
 professions. But after many successful actions had been 
 
PART I. 
 
 IN LATIN PROSE. 23 
 
 fought, and the chief families of the JEdui had been slain, 
 
 they were so far superior in power, that they had enticed 
 over to themselves a great portion of the subject-states from 
 the JEdui, and received from them as hostages the sons of 
 
 xin. obs. 3. 
 
 their chief families. They also forced them to take a public 
 
 xui. obs. 5. iii- $ 
 
 oath, that they would not enter into any conspiracy against 
 the Sequani, but that they would continue to possess that 
 part of the neighbouring country which they had seized by 
 
 xui. 2. 3. (e) 
 
 force ; and so they obtained the leadership of the whole 
 of Gaul. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXII. 
 
 Worn out, confectus. His post, locus. Loyalty, fides. 
 Ambiorix, an old man almost worn out by age, was at 
 
 (87) (1) 
 
 this time king of half Gaul ; he had been the author of the 
 
 iv. 3. y. 
 
 design which the Treviri and Eburones had so willingly 
 entered upon, namely, of breaking down the bridge which 
 
 XI. 1. 
 
 Caesar had thrown across the river Scaldis within their ter- 
 ritories. But Caesar had recently enrolled the three legions 
 
 v. 3. 
 
 which he had with him in winter quarters ; and besides 
 these, he expected that two more legions would come to his 
 
 (70) xi. 4. (1) 
 
 support in the beginning of the following spring. And so, 
 
 iv. 3. 0. vn. 2. 
 
 though everything seemed full of difficulty and dangers, he 
 
 (7) 
 
 did not despair of the future, or cry out that it was all over 
 
 (101)^ v. 2. obs. 2. viii. 3. obs. 2. xn. c. 
 
 with himself and his army. Indeed, he was not the man to 
 
 ix. 6. 
 
 quit his post unless compelled by necessity, or to allow the 
 glory of the Roman name to be tarnished by a base and 
 
 (72) 
 
 needless defeat. So he sent forward spies to ascertain the 
 
24 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART I. 
 
 plans of Ambiorix, and to bring back tidings as to the state 
 
 xii. B. obs. 1. 
 
 of things in those parts, and to warn him that he should 
 offer no molestation to the allies of the Roman people. At 
 
 XIH. 2. obs. 3. 
 
 the same time he wrote to the senate, (begging them) " not to 
 
 (74) 
 
 be disheartened, but to lose no opportunity of fulfilling their 
 
 (30) xi. 4. obs. 
 
 promises in the early spring, by sending two legions as auxi- 
 
 v. 3 (95) 
 
 liaries." (He added) that he was in the midst of dangers 
 
 XL 4. obs. 
 
 and snares, but that he feared nothing, since the loyalty of 
 the legions was well known to him. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXIII. 
 
 To provide for the safety of, consulere (with dat. c.). 
 
 xii 6. 5. ^ 
 
 It is doubtful whether it was by design or not that Caesar 
 
 vii. 2. y. obs. 1. 
 
 brought his legions together, and bade them each to provide 
 for their own safety ; but it is certain that there are many 
 
 v. 4. obs. 2. (86) 
 
 who blame him for having acted thus. Accordingly he in- 
 quired into the matter above mentioned, and declared that 
 he would not molest the territories of the -ZEdui, if they 
 
 vii. 2. 
 
 would only desist from the war. But they had entered on 
 
 XIH. 2. 3. obs. 5. 
 
 their designs with the greatest prudence, and they were 
 unwilling to be deterred by trifles ; so they made answer by 
 
 (30) 
 
 heralds, that they would not listen to his requests. Caesar, 
 
 (86) xi. 2. obs. 
 
 therefore, finding matters in this state, divides his forces, 
 
 (72) 
 
 and sends one legion into Gaul to gain tidings of the Belgae, 
 
 (72) 
 
 and the other into the region of the Treveri to ravage their 
 
 XI. 4. 1. 
 
 fields. This being done, he begins the war anew ; and 
 
 xi. l.obs./3. (71) xi. 1. 
 
 promising to return within seven days, without further delay 
 
PART I. IN LATIN PROSE. 25 
 
 he pushes his way into the further parts of the Arduennian 
 wood, whither he had heard that the enemy had proceeded 
 under their king Cativulcus. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXIV. 
 
 xi. 4. 
 
 As soon as Caesar found out that the enemy had abandoned 
 
 xi. 4. obs. 
 
 the field and had fled into the woods upon hearing the report 
 
 iv. 3. f. 
 
 of his approach, he hastened with all speed to pursue them. 
 But the woods concealed their flight, and it was a piece of 
 
 III. 3. a. XII. 1. A. (51) 
 
 good luck that they were able to elude his pursuit. He 
 
 xi. 4. obs. 
 
 therefore abandons his design, and withdraws his army, and 
 settles down upon the bank of the river Rhine, where he 
 fixes his camp and strengthens the place with a garrison. 
 
 xiii. 2. 3. obs. 5. (70) 
 
 But by so doing he did not free the barbarians of all fear ; 
 for to guard the fort and the bridge which he had built 
 across the river, he left behind his master of horse, C. Vol- 
 
 XIII. 1. V. 3. 
 
 catius, and commanded him to inform him if he should hear 
 
 xi. 4. obs. 
 
 any news concerning the enemy. Then he sends forward 
 
 xi. 4. obs. 
 
 immediately the whole body of the cavalry, and leaving the 
 baggage behind, he advances with the greatest possible speed 
 into the territories of the Ubii, which extended about 100 
 
 (41) 
 
 miles to the right in a different direction from the river. 
 
26 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART I. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXV. 
 
 Well-disciplined, bene instructus. To wage a defensive war, beUum 
 illatum propulsare. Agriculture, res rusticce. 
 
 (70) (62) iii.4.y. 
 
 It is the greatest praise to a general to have as well disci- 
 
 iv. 3. . 
 
 plined soldiers as possible ; for thus, whether he is waging an 
 offensive or defensive tvar, he will meet with better fortune, 
 
 (30) 
 
 and success will attend his efforts. But for this purpose it 
 
 v. 3. obs. 3. 
 
 is necessary that he should have in his hands the power of 
 life and death, and that he should exercise supreme authoritv 
 
 (34) (46) 
 
 in the camp. For otherwise, it will be impossible that his 
 soldiers will either fear him or reverence him as they 
 
 v. 4 . obs. 7. 
 
 ought. Those of the citizens who do not follow their general 
 
 xi. 1. obs. a. ill. 6. Ai 
 
 when he goes out to war, are justly held to be deserters and 
 traitors, and all confidence is deservedly withdrawn from 
 such men. 
 
 (95) 
 
 The life of the Gauls is entirely passed in military service, 
 
 XII. C. 
 
 and they pay no attention to agriculture. There are some 
 who in the time of peace give themselves up to hunting ; and 
 thus, in peace and war alike, they pass a life of hardiness 
 
 VII. . 6. 
 
 and labour. Military valour, as you might naturally expect, 
 
 xiii. 3.c. 
 
 is held among them in the highest repute ; on the other hand, 
 the study of literature and of elegant arts is counted the 
 
 III. 04. A. 
 
 mark of a weak and imbecile mind, and as a thing only fit to 
 be exercised by woman. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXVI. 
 
 Instruction, disciplina. Excommunication, interdicere. System, 
 instituta (pi.). Gross, foedus. 
 
 (100) xii. 1. 
 
 All writers are agreed that the Druids in Gaul are held 
 in the highest honour, and that large bodies of youths flock 
 
FART I. IN LATIN PROSE. 27 
 
 to them for the sake of instruction. It is an admitted fact 
 
 XHI. 3. (a.) 
 
 too that they take part in all sacrifices of the Gauls, that 
 they take charge of their religious ceremonies, and in a 
 
 (48) 
 
 word manage all spiritual matters. Thus we see them 
 
 (115) 
 
 engaged even from their earliest years in the worship of the 
 
 Y. 4. obs. 6. 
 
 gods. The severest punishment which they can inflict 
 upon those who raise seditions, is excommunication from 
 
 xm. 3. obs. 5. (119) 
 
 their sacred rites ; and it is not every one who thinks lightly 
 
 (85) 
 
 of this penalty. For they who are thus put under interdict 
 are shunned by their friends, and are regarded by them as 
 
 XI. 1. 
 
 wicked and profane. The system of the Druids is widely 
 spread over the whole of Gaul ; but it is believed to have 
 
 v. 4. obs. 3. 
 
 originated in Britain, a country which has always from early 
 times been especially devoted to superstitions. This one 
 
 (120) 
 
 thing I will add by way of praise ; that the Druids believed 
 
 (106) 
 
 in the immortality of the soul, and thus showed themselves 
 superior to the gross belief which once was widely current 
 among barbarous nations. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXVII. 
 
 To be excellent, prastare. At length, fuse. 
 (1) vii. 2. 
 
 Upon this subject I scarce know what to say, for so many 
 
 wise men have thought and written far different from me, 
 and I am unwilling even to appear to dissent from them 
 
 xiii. 2. 3. (D) v. 4. obs. 6. 
 
 unnecessarily. Friendship appears to me one of the noblest 
 gifts which God has bestowed upon man ; and in proportion 
 
 vii. 2. 
 
 as it is excellent in itself and useful to others, it is more 
 exposed to perversion. 
 
 XII. 1. 
 
 Now scarcely any one will venture to affirm that friendship 
 c 2 
 
28 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART I. 
 
 arises from habit and mutual want, or that its highest end is 
 
 XIII. 1. 
 
 to supply a natural deficiency. It arises indeed from a far 
 deeper source ; from a fount that lies deep in the inmost 
 
 X. 1. 
 
 nature of man from an innate love of society, whose exis- 
 tence no one who claims the name of man can deny at 
 all. However seeing that there have not been wanting men 
 
 X. 1. 
 
 to deny the possibility of this, we will enter-into their argu- 
 
 iv. 3. *. 
 
 ments at length. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXVIIL 
 
 Freebooter, prcedo. 
 v. 4. obs. 7. 
 
 He is a fool who looks at the fruits of the trees without 
 measuring their height. Take care, lest whilst you strive to 
 
 \n. 2. 
 
 reach the top, you fall with the very branches of which you 
 
 XHI. 3. (f) 
 
 have laid hold. A lion has sometimes become the food of 
 the smallest birds ; and rust consumes iron. What have we 
 
 V. 1. 
 
 to do with you ? We never set foot in your country. We 
 neither choose to be slaves to any man, nor do we desire to 
 rule. The gifts presented to us by the gods are a yoke of 
 
 XIII. 1. 
 
 oxen, a plough, a goblet, and arrows. These we use both 
 
 XHI. 2. 3. (e) 
 
 with our friends and against our enemies. You who boast 
 
 (110) 
 
 that you are come to punish robbers, are yourselves the 
 greatest of all freebooters. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXIX. 
 
 Visible, qua oculis cernuntur. Periodical, qui in dies proferuntur. 
 
 xni. 1. (57) 
 
 We have therefore reason to believe from these and other 
 
 (121) 
 
 instances, that pious men in the days of old were much more 
 
PART L IN LATIN PROSE. . 29 
 
 accustomed than modern Christians to contemplate and 
 admire the visible works of the Lord ; and it is surely much 
 to be regretted that we, who enjoy so many superior means 
 
 v. 4. obs. 6. 
 
 of information, and who have access to the brilliant dis- 
 coveries of later and more enlightened times, should manifest 
 so much disregard to the works of God, and the operations 
 of his hands. To enable the common mass of Christians to 
 enter into the spirit of this delightful study and duty, should 
 then be one object of those periodical and other religious 
 works which are put into their hands ; so that they may be 
 enabled, with vigour and intelligence, to form the pious 
 resolution of Asaph, " I will meditate on all Thy works, 
 O Lord, and show forth all Thy praise." 
 
 EXERCISE XL. 
 
 Assembly, ccetus. To review, recognoscere. Effrontery, audacia. 
 
 And moreover, Catiline, what more is there that you can 
 look for, since the shades of night cannot conceal your im- 
 pious assemblies, nor can the walls of a private house sup- 
 press the rumours of your conspiracy ? since all your 
 secrets are bursting forth, and are being noised abroad ? 
 Trust me, and lay aside that design of yours ; forget all 
 thoughts of murder and fire. You are beset on all sides ; 
 clearer to us even than the light of day are all your counsels, 
 which forsooth you and I will review together. 
 
 X. 1. 
 
 Do you, or do you not, remember, my proclaiming in 
 
 V. 1. 
 
 the senate on the 20th Oct. that C. Mallius, that satellite and 
 minister of your effrontery, would be in arms on a certain 
 day, namely, the 27th Oct. ? Was I mistaken, Catiline, in 
 my knowledge, not only of a matter so important, yet so foul, 
 and so incredible, but even, what is much more wonderful, 
 
 v. 1. xiii. 2 3. obs. 3. 
 
 of the very day ? It was I also, who said in the senate, that 
 you had fixed the massacre of the chief ruler of the state 
 for the 28th Oct., when many of the chiefs of the city fled 
 from Rome, not so much for the purpose of saving them- 
 selves, as to check your wicked intentions. 
 
 c 3 
 
30 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART II. 
 
 PART II. 
 
 EXERCISE I. 
 
 Proportion, apta ratio. Satisfaction, mens contenta. Of silk, bombycinus. 
 
 Changeable, versicolor* 
 (60) 
 THE first person whom I saw advancing towards me was 
 
 in. 3. I. 
 
 a youth of a most beautiful air and shape, though he seemed 
 not yet arrived at that exact symmetry and proportion of parts, 
 which a little more time would have given him : but how- 
 ever, there was such a bloom on his countenance, such satis- 
 
 xu. 1. B. v. 4. obs. 6. 
 
 faction and joy, that I thought it the most desirable form 
 that I had ever seen. He was clothed in a flowing mantle 
 of green silk, interwoven with flowers : he had a chaplet of 
 roses on his head, and a narcissus in his hand: primroses and 
 violets sprang up under his feet, and all nature was cheered 
 
 xi. 4. obs. 
 
 at his appearance. Flora was on one hand, and Vertumnus 
 on the other, in a robe of changeable silk. After this, I was 
 surprised to see the moonbeams reflected with a sudden 
 glare from armour, and to see a man completely armed, ad- 
 vancing with his sword drawn. I was soon informed by the 
 genius that it was Mars, who had Jong usurped a place amid 
 the attendants of Spring. Spectator, No. 325. 
 
 EXERCISE II. 
 
 Dogmatical, pertinax. Positive, nimis certus. 
 
 vii. 3. obs. 2. 
 
 Avoid disputes as much as possible. In order to appear 
 
 iv. 3. d. 
 
 easy and well-bred in conversation, you may assure yourself 
 that it requires more wit, as well as more good humour, to 
 
PART II. IN LATIN PROSE. 31 
 
 improve than to contradict the notions of another person ; 
 
 . vii. 2. 
 
 but if you are at any time obliged to enter on an argument, 
 
 iv. 3. t. 
 
 give your reasons with the utmost coolness and modesty, two 
 
 v. 4. obs. 8. 
 
 things which rarely ever fail of making an impression on the 
 
 iv. 3. d. 
 
 hearers. Besides, if you are neither dogmatical, nor show 
 either by your actions or words that you are full of yourself, 
 all will the more heartily rejoice at your victory. Nay, 
 
 v. 2. 
 
 should you be pinched in your argument, you may make 
 your retreat with a very good grace. " You were never 
 positive" you may say, and "you are now glad to be better 
 informed." This has made some approve the Socratical way 
 of reasoning ; where, while you scarce affirm anything, you 
 can hardly be caught in an absurdity ; and though "possibly 
 you are endeavouring to bring over another to your opinion, 
 
 xi. 2. 
 
 which is firmly fixed, you seem only to desire information 
 from him. Spectator, No. 197. 
 
 EXERCISE III. 
 
 Affection, habitudo. Appearance, fucus. 
 
 Humanity, good nature, and the advantages of a liberal 
 education, are incompatible with avarice. It is strange to 
 
 vii. 2. y. obs. 1. 
 
 see how suddenly this abject passion kills all the noble senti- 
 
 (23) 
 
 ments and generous ambitions that adorn human nature : it 
 renders the man who is overrun by it a peevish and cruel 
 master, a severe parent, an unsociable husband, a distant 
 and mistrustful friend. But it is more to the present pur- 
 pose to consider it as an absurd passion of the heart, rather 
 than as a vicious affection of the mind. As there are fre- 
 quent instances to be met with of a proud humility, so this 
 
 xi. 4. obs. 
 
 passion, contrary to most others, affects applause by avoiding 
 
 c 4 
 
32 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART II. 
 
 xm. 1. 
 
 all show and appearance ; for this reason it will not some- 
 times endure even the common decencies of apparel. 
 Spectator, No. 224. 
 
 EXERCISE IV. 
 
 Complaisance, urbanitas, comitas. Economy, ratio. 
 
 (15) 
 
 Complaisance, though in itself it be scarce reckoned in the 
 number of moral virtues, is that which gives lustre to every 
 talent a man can be possessed of. Complaisance renders a 
 superior, amiable ; an equal, agreeable ; and an inferior, 
 
 xm. 2. 3. obs. 3. 
 
 acceptable. It smoothes distinction, sweetens conversation, 
 and makes every one in the company pleased with himself. 
 It produces good nature and mutual benevolence, encourages 
 the timorous, soothes the turbulent, humanizes the fierce, 
 and distinguishes a society of civilised persons from a con- 
 fusion of savages. In a word, complaisance is a virtue that 
 
 (4) 
 
 blends all orders of men together in a friendly intercourse 
 of words or actions, and is suited to that equality in human 
 
 vii. 2. j3. 
 
 nature which everyone ought to consider, so far as is con- 
 sistent with the order and economy of the world. 
 
 If we could look into the secret anguish and affliction of 
 every man's heart, we should often find that more of it arises 
 from little imaginary distresses, such as checks, frowns, con- 
 tradictions, and expressions of contempt, than from the more 
 real pains and calamities of life. Guardian. 
 
 EXERCISE V. 
 
 Lessening circumstance, excusatio. 
 
 (4.) xm. 2.3. obs. 3. 
 
 One very common, and at the same time the most absurd 
 ambition that ever showed itself in human nature, is that 
 
PART II. IN LATIN PROSE. 33 
 
 which comes upon a man with experience and old age, the 
 
 v. 4. obs. 3. 
 
 season when it might be expected that he should be wisest ; 
 and therefore it cannot receive any of those lessening cir- 
 cumstances which do in some measure excuse the disorderly 
 
 V. I. 
 
 ferments of youthful blood. I mean the passion for getting 
 money, exclusive of the character of the provident father, 
 the affectionate husband, or the generous friend. It may be 
 remarked for the comfort of honest poverty, that this desire 
 reigns most in those who have but few good qualities to 
 
 xiii. 3. f. 
 
 recommend them. This^is a weed which will grow in a 
 barren soil. Spectator, jVo. 224. 
 
 EXERCISE VI, 
 
 Puts into a hurry of thought, efficit ut temere sibi consulat. 
 
 Giddy, frivolus. 
 (4) xiii. 3. obs. 3. 
 
 Ambition raises a secret tumult in the soul ; it inflames 
 the mind, and puts it into a violent hurry of thought. It 
 is still reaching after an empty imaginary good, that has 
 not in it the power to abate or satisfy it. Most other things 
 which we long for, can allay the cravings of their proper 
 sense, and for a while set the appetite at rest. But fame is 
 
 HI. 4. a. 
 
 a good so wholly foreign to our natures, that we have no 
 faculty in the soul adapted to it, nor any organ in the body 
 to relish it; an object of desire placed out of the possibility of 
 fruition. It may, indeed, fill the mind with a giddy kind of 
 pleasure. But it is such a pleasure as makes a man restless 
 and uneasy under it ; and which does not so much satisfy 
 the present thirst, as it excites fresh desires, and sets the soul 
 on new enterprises. Spectator, No. 256. 
 
 EXERCISE VII. 
 
 To secure, sibi vindicare. An interest, pars. Apartment, habitaculum. 
 Since we cannot promise to ourselves constant health, let 
 
 v. 2. obs. 2. 
 
 us endeavour at such a temper as may be our best support 
 
 c 5 
 
34 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART II. 
 
 xi. 2. obs. N.B. 
 
 in the decay of it. Uranius has arrived at that composure 
 of soul, and has wrought himself up to such a neglect of 
 every thing with which the generality of mankind is en- 
 chanted, that nothing but acute pains can give him dis- 
 
 (2) xiii. 2. 3. obs. 3. 
 
 turbance, and against these too he will tell his intimate 
 friends that he has a secret which gives him present ease. 
 Uranius is so thoroughly persuaded of another life, and 
 
 XII. I. B. 
 
 endeavours so sincerely to secure an interest in it, that he 
 looks upon pain as but a quickening of his pace to a home, 
 where he shall be better provided /or than in his present 
 apartment. Instead of the melancholy views which others 
 are apt to give of themselves, he will tell you that he has 
 forgotten he is mortal, nor will he think of himself as 
 
 xi. 2. obs. N. B. 
 
 such. He thinks that at the time of his birth he entered 
 into an eternal being ; and the short article of death he will 
 
 X. 1. 
 
 not allow to be an interruption of life ; since that moment 
 is not of half the duration of his ordinary sleep. Thus is 
 his being one uniform and consistent series of cheerful 
 diversions and moderate cares, without fear or hope of 
 
 IT. 3.0, 
 
 futurity. Health to him is more than pleasure to another 
 man ; and sickness less affecting to him than indisposition is 
 to others. Spectator, No. 143. 
 
 EXERCISE VIII. 
 
 Consciousness, mens sibi conscia. Relish, amor. 
 
 xin. i. 
 
 To enforce this consideration we may farther observe, 
 that the practice of religion will not only be attended with 
 that pleasure which naturally accompanies those actions to 
 
 vii. 2. 
 
 which we are habituated, but with those supernumerary 
 joys of heart which rise from the consciousness of such 
 a pleasure, from the satisfaction of acting up to the dictates 
 of reason, and from the prospect of a happy immortality. 
 
 In the next place, we may learn from this observation 
 which we have made upon the mind of man, to take par* 
 
PART II. IN LATIN PROSE. 35 
 
 ticular care, when we are once settled in a regular course of 
 life, how we too frequently indulge ourselves in any the 
 most innocent diversions and entertainments ; since the 
 mind may insensibly fall off from the relish of virtuous 
 actions, and by degrees exchange that pleasure which it 
 takes in the performance of its duty, for delights of a much 
 more inferior and unprofitable character. Spectator, No. 447. 
 
 EXERCISE IX. 
 
 The natural effect of, id quod natura efficitur. 
 
 The last use which I shall make of this remarkable 
 property in human nature, of being delighted with those 
 actions to which it is accustomed, is to show how absolutely 
 
 vil. 2. y. obs. 
 
 necessary it is for us to gain habits of virtue in this life, if 
 we would enjoy the pleasures of the next. The state of 
 bliss which we call heaven, will not be capable of affecting 
 those minds which are not thus qualified for it ; we must, 
 in this world, gain a relish of truth and virtue, if we would 
 be able to taste that knowledge and perfection which are to 
 
 xii. 3. f. 
 
 make us happy in the next. The seeds of those spiritual 
 joys and raptures which are to rise up and flourish in the 
 soul to all eternity, must be planted in her during this her 
 present state of probation. In short, heaven is not to be 
 looked upon only as the reward, but as the natural effect of a 
 religious life. Spectator, No. 447. 
 
 EXERCISE X. 
 
 Crowds, plurimi. A fine gentleman, urbanus. 
 
 iv. a e. 
 
 The main art is to be as little troublesome as you can, and 
 make all that you hope for come rather as a favour from 
 your patron than a claim from you. But I am here prating 
 
 vil. 2. -y. obs. 1. 
 
 of what is the method of pleasing so as to succeed in the 
 
 (67) 
 
 world, when there are crowds, who in city, town, court, or 
 
 c 6 
 
36 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART II. 
 
 country, have arrived at considerable acquisitions, and yet 
 seem incapable of acting in any constant tenour of life, but 
 have gone on from one successful error to another. There- 
 fore I think I may shorten this inquiry after the manner of 
 pleasing ; and as the old Beau said to his son, once for all, 
 
 vii. 3. obs. 1. 
 
 " Pray Jack, be a fine gentleman" so may I to my reader 
 abridge my instructions, and finish the art of pleasing in a 
 
 vii. 3. obs. 1. 
 
 word, "Be rich." Spectator, No. 280. 
 
 EXERCISE XL 
 
 Some spice of, pars aliqua. Heroic, magno viro dignus. To be more a 
 hero, propius ad magnum virum accedere. 
 
 But this is a vicious way of thinking ; and it bears some 
 
 ( ) 
 
 spice of romantic madness, for a man to imagine that he 
 must grow ambitious, or seek adventures, in order to be 
 able to do great actions. It is in every man's power in the 
 world, who is above mere poverty, to do things not only 
 worthy, but heroic. The great foundation of civil virtue 
 
 xni. 2. 3. obs. 5. 
 
 is self-denial; and there is no one above the necessities 
 
 XII. 4. 
 
 of life, but has opportunities of exercising that noble quality, 
 
 xii. 2. /S. 
 
 and of doing as much as his circumstances will bear for the 
 ease and convenience of other men ; and he who more 
 than ordinary men does practise this upon such occasions 
 
 (43) 
 
 as occur in his life, deserves the value of his friends, as 
 
 xi. 2. 
 
 much as if he had done enterprises which are usually 
 attended with the highest glory. Men of public spirit differ 
 rather in their circumstances than in their virtue ; and the 
 
 vii. 2. 0. 
 
 man who does all he can in a low station, is more a 
 hero than he who, in a great one, omits any worthy action 
 he is able to accomplish. Spectator, A 7 o. 248. 
 
PART II. IN LATIN PROSE. 37 
 
 EXERCISE XII. 
 
 Pusillanimous temper, pusillus animus. Behaviour, mores. Intercourse 
 of life, vita res. To sacrifice, libenter posthabere. 
 
 x.1. 
 
 Singularity in concerns of this kind is to be looked upon 
 as heroic bravery, in which a man leaves the species only as 
 he soars above it. What greater instance can there be of a 
 
 (62) 
 
 weak and pusillanimous temper, than for a man to pass his 
 
 whole life in opposition to his own sentiments ? or not to 
 dare to be what he thinks he ought to be ? Singularity, 
 therefore, is only vicious when it makes men act contrary to 
 reason, or when it puts them upon distinguishing themselves 
 
 (36) 
 
 by trifles. As for the first of these, who are singular in 
 anything which is irreligious, immoral, or dishonourable, I 
 believe every one will easily give them up. I shall, there- 
 fore, speak of those only who are remarkable for their singu- 
 larity in things of no importance, as in dress, behaviour, con- 
 A^ersation, and all the little intercourses of life. In these 
 cases there is a certain deference due to custom ; and not- 
 withstanding there may be a colour of reason to deviate 
 from the multitude in some particulars, a man ought to 
 sacrifice his private inclinations and opinions to the practice 
 of the public. Spectator. 
 
 EXERCISE XIII. 
 
 Imaginary, fictus. Innocently, salva conscientia. 
 
 The only method to remove these imaginary distresses as 
 much as possible out of human life, would be the universal 
 
 X. 1. 
 
 practice of such an ingenuous complaisance as I have been 
 here describing, which, as it is a virtue, may be defined to 
 be " a constant endeavour to please those whom we converse 
 
 vn. 2. 
 
 with, so far as we may do it innocently" Guardian. 
 
38 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART II. 
 
 EXERCISE XIV. 
 
 Honour, honestas. 
 
 xiii. 3. f. 
 
 There is nothing which betrays a man into so many 
 errors and inconveniences as the desire of not appearing 
 singular ; for which reason it is very necessary to form 
 
 VII. 2. <y. Obs. 
 
 a right idea of singularity, that we may know when it is 
 laudable, and when it is vicious. In the first place, every 
 man of sense will agree with me that singularity is laudable, 
 when, in contradiction to a multitude, it adheres to the dic- 
 
 ( ) 
 
 tates of conscience, morality, and honour. In these cases 
 we ought to consider that it is not custom, but duty which 
 is the rule of action ; and that we should be only so far 
 sociable, as we are reasonable creatures. Truth is never 
 the less so for not being attended to ; and it is the nature of 
 actions, not the number of actors, by which we ought to 
 regulate our behaviour. 
 
 EXERCISE XV. 
 
 To represent, tibi finger e. To be ready, non de-esse. 
 
 XII. A. 
 
 That you are gradually recovering your tranquillity is ail 
 
 vii. 3. obs. 1. 
 
 effect to be humbly expected from trust in God. Do not 
 represent life as darker than it is. Your loss has been very 
 great ; but you retain more than almost any other can hope 
 to possess. You are high in the opinion of mankind ; you 
 
 in. 3. . 
 
 have children from whom much pleasure may be expected, 
 and that you will find many friends you have no reason to 
 doubt. Of my friendship, be it worth more or less, I hope 
 you think yourself certain. It will not be easy for me to 
 repay the benefits that I have received from you, but I hope 
 
 (71) 
 
 to be always ready at your call. Dr. Johnson. 
 
PART HI. IN LATIN PHOSE. 39 
 
 PART III. 
 
 EXERCISE L 
 
 To be a free agent, libero arbitrio uti. Control, auctoritas. To be in- 
 calculable, omnem numerum excedere. 
 
 xn. 5. 
 As man is a free agent, and often invested with more 
 
 in. 3. 
 
 power than benevolence, it is evidently for his interest and 
 happiness, that God should be pleased to exercise that 
 control, which we have reason (from Scripture, experience, 
 and the general testimony of mankind) to believe he does ; 
 for otherwise the degree of misery that would probably be 
 inflicted on the the human race by the ambition of some 
 men, and the folly and wickedness of others, would be in- 
 calculable. Synge. 
 
 EXERCISE II. 
 
 Decay, ruina. 
 There is no man of common sense, who builds a goodly 
 
 xn. 4. 
 
 and convenient structure, but he takes care likewise to keep 
 
 XI. 1. 2. 
 
 it in good order and repair, after it is built. And there is 
 no fabric, but, in tract of time, will visibly decay, if constant 
 
 v. 2. S. 
 
 care be not taken of it. Since, therefore, God has erected 
 and framed this goodly structure of the world, and since in 
 so long a time there is no manner of decay to be found in it, 
 I conclude that God not only made this world by his power, 
 but also governs it by his providence. 
 
40 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IIL 
 
 EXERCISE IIL 
 
 Patriotism, amor patria. To soar higher for an object, altiora petere. 
 Array, acies. A man, quisque. 
 
 What is Patriotism? Is it a narrow affection for the 
 spot where a man was born? Are the very clods where we 
 tread entitled to this ardent preference because they are 
 greener? No, this is not the character of the virtue, 
 and it soars higher for its object. It is an extended self-love, 
 mingling with all the enjoyments of life, and twisting itself 
 with the minutest filaments of the heart. It is thus we obey 
 the laws of society, because they are the laws of virtue. In 
 their authority we see, not the array of force and terror, but 
 the venerable image of our country's honour. Every good 
 citizen makes that honour his own, and cherishes it, not only 
 as precious, but as sacred. He is willing to risk his life in 
 its defence, and is conscious that he gains protection while 
 he gives it. For what rights of a citizen will be deemed 
 inviolable, when a state renounces the principles that con- 
 stitute their security ? Burke. 
 
 EXERCISE IV. 
 
 Experienced, rerum expertus. Anticipate, futura prcesumere. Catacomb, 
 mortuorum sepulchrum. 
 
 XIIL obs 4. xn. G. 
 
 In the first place, who are you, that you should despise 
 any one? You are not wise, otherwise you would not re- 
 
 v. 4. obs. 2. 
 
 quire instruction ; nor strong, for you could not preserve life 
 without assistance ; nor experienced, for the world is im- 
 measurable and time infinite ; and of these you see but a 
 part, and think how small a part ! All that you are quite 
 
 vi. S./3. 
 
 sure of is the present moment ; of the future you know 
 nothing ; it is all dark. You walk on, but beyond the ground 
 upon which you fix your foot, you cannot see a step. You 
 
PART III. IN LATIN PROSE. 41 
 
 (30) 
 
 guess, hope, fear, imagine, anticipate; and very often hopes, 
 fears, and anticipations come true ; but they are but guesses 
 after all, and guesses are not knowledge. How far have you 
 
 xii. (6) 2. 
 
 journeyed from your own home? What countries and 
 nations have you seen ? What have you read from those 
 innumerable stores in which the learning of men lies hid as 
 in a catacomb? SeweWs Christian Morals. 
 
 EXERCISE V. 
 
 Notion, sententia. Seed-time, sementis. Phenomena, ea qua videntur in. 
 
 Doubtless such a notion of the gods as we have just de- 
 scribed, was entirely satisfactory to the princes of Ithaca, or 
 
 XL 1. 
 
 of any other Grecian territory, who assembled in the hall of 
 the chief king at the common meal, and to whom some bard 
 sung the newest song of the bold adventures of heroes. But 
 how could this religion satisfy the mere countryman, who 
 wished to believe that in seed-time and harvest, in winter and 
 
 jv. 3. 
 
 summer, the divine protection was thrown over him ; who 
 anxiously sought to offer his thanks to the gods for all kinds 
 of rural prosperity, for the warding off of all danger from the 
 seed and from the cattle ? As the heroic age of the Greek 
 nation was preceded by another in which the cultivation of 
 the land occupied the chief attention of the inhabitants, (which 
 may be called the Pelasgian period) ; so likewise there are 
 sufficient tmces and remnants of a state of Grecian religion, 
 in which the gods were considered as exhibiting their power 
 chiefly in the operations of outward nature, in the changes of 
 the seasons and the phenomena of the year. ffeeren. 
 
 EXERCISE VI. 
 
 By chance,/wfuirt>. To come to years of discretion, togam virilem sumere. 
 To be in the right, recte agere. 
 
 (40) 
 
 In all matters of great and serious importance, no man 
 that is wise will act by chance and at random, without being 
 
42 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IIL 
 
 able to give some reason for what he does. For he that 
 
 xii. obs. 5. 
 
 does anything, and knows not why, is more likely to do him- 
 self harm than good ; because there are more ways to the 
 former than to the latter. Since, therefore, religion is a 
 thing of the greatest moment and importance that can be, I 
 conclude that no man ought to choose his religion blindly 
 and by chance; but that every man ought to have some 
 
 (30) 
 
 reason for what he professes. Whatever religion, therefore. 
 
 vii. 2. 
 
 a person is bred up in from his youth, it certainly is very fit 
 for him when he comes to years of discretion, to inquire 
 into the grounds and reasons of it. For otherwise it is not 
 
 xii. 6. 5. /3. xn. 6. 2. 
 
 possible for him to know whether he be in the right or the 
 wrong; in the way to heaven or hell. Synge. 
 
 EXEECISE VII. 
 
 Philosophy, philosophic genus. Close union between (turn by a depend- 
 ent elause), quam arete inter se conveniant. Speculations, qucestiones. 
 Conceptions of, ea quce in mentem venere de. Connected, intime conjunctus. 
 
 The most ancient philosophy of the Greeks, as it appeared 
 at first in the Ionic school, perhaps originally stood in close 
 connection with religion, and may indeed have proceeded 
 
 vii. 2. i. obs. 
 
 from it. For who does not perceive the close union between 
 speculations on the elements of things, and their ancient 
 conceptions of the gods as powers or objects of nature ? 
 But religion could not long hold philosophy in fetters. It 
 could not prevent the spirit of free inquiry from awaken- 
 ing and gaining strength; and thus it was possible for 
 all the sciences which are promoted by that spirit to 
 assume among the Greeks a decided and peculiar character. 
 In the intellectual culture of the East, all scientific know- 
 ledge was connected with religion : but as these were kept 
 separate by the Greeks, science gained among them that 
 independent character which distinguishes the "West, and 
 which was communicated to the nations of whom the Greeks 
 were the instructors. Heererfs Essays. 
 
PART III. IN LATIN PROSE. 43 
 
 EXERCISE VIII. 
 
 Naturally, quasi ex naturd. Levellers, destructor es. Answer, suc- 
 c&sum habere. Humanity, hominum natura. 
 
 v. l. 
 
 I would have all men kings. I would be a king myself. 
 We have all naturally an equal right to the throne ; we are 
 all originally equal. This is my opinion, and was once the 
 opinion of a set of honest men who were called Levellers. 
 
 XIII. 1. 
 
 They tried to erect themselves into a community, where all 
 should be equally free. But alas! it would never answer ; 
 there were some among them stronger, and some more 
 cunning than others, and these became masters of the rest ; 
 for as your groom rides your horses, because he is a cun- 
 
 ninger animal than they, so will the animal that is cunninger 
 
 . (29) 
 
 or stronger than he, sit on his shoulders in turn. Since 
 
 (36) 
 
 then it is entailed upon humanity to submit, and some are 
 born to command, and others to obey, the question is, as 
 there must be tyrants, whether we shall have the tyrant 
 within our doors, or far from us in the metropolis. Gold- 
 smith. 
 
 EXERCISE IX. 
 
 Free, expers. Before city was built or designed, ante conditam con- 
 dendamve urbem. Refute, refettere. 
 
 On the other hand I shall demand this also as the re- 
 ward of my pains ; that I may seclude myself from the 
 envious eye of evil men, whom for so many years our country 
 
 vii. 2. /3. 
 
 has been forced to behold ; at least so long as I am engaged 
 with all my powers in tracing out those ancient times ; 
 entirely free from care, which oftentimes can embitter the 
 mind of a writer, though it cannot divert him from the 
 paths of truth. The narrations which relate to times before 
 the city was built or designed, adorned as they are rather 
 with poetic fables, than with the eternal records of true 
 exploits, I design neither to confirm nor to refute. 
 
44 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART in. 
 
 EXERCISE X. 
 
 Insensibility, ut ita dicam, avaur6r}(ria. A thinking man, vir rebus con- 
 templandis deditus. 
 
 xi. 1. 
 
 I rejoice with you in your recovery, and that you have 
 escaped from the hands of one from whose hands you will 
 not always escape. Death is either the most formidable or the 
 most comfortable thing we have in prospect on this side 
 of eternity. To be brought near to him and to discern 
 neither of these features in his face, would argue a degree of 
 insensibility, of which I will not suspect my friend, whom I 
 know to be a thinking man. You have been brought down 
 to the side of the grave, and you have been raised again by 
 Him who has the keys of the invisible world ; who opens, 
 and none can shut, who shuts and none can open. 
 
 EXERCISE XL 
 
 To fly for refuge, confugere. To lose, decedere de. Suit, persequi. 
 Parliament, patres. 
 
 But the plaintiff's office is to fly for help to the magistrates, 
 quietly without fear to declare wherein he hath been 
 oppressed, wherein he hath sustained wrong and injury, 
 
 (30) 
 
 and to require nothing but justice, equity, and right ; putting 
 away all malice, harm, hatred, and envy ; and being more 
 ready to lose his right, than to break charity or to transgress 
 
 xin. 2. 3(f.) 
 
 the office of a Christian man. Thus suitors should use them- 
 
 (29) 
 
 selves. If their minds be inflamed with anger, corrupted with 
 envy, and poisoned with malice, though they have a very just 
 and right quarrel, yet the suit thereof is unlawful and un- 
 godly, because it proceedeth of malice and an ungodly mind. 
 But forasmuch as men be prone to the aforesaid vices, and 
 malice increaseth daily by delays, and long continuance of 
 
PART III. IN LATIN PROSE. 45 
 
 suits and the covetousness of lawyers, would to God the king, 
 by consent of his parliament, would make some statute 
 that all causes should be determined within the compass 
 of a year, under pain of some greater forfeiture to (i. e. in- 
 
 YII. 2. 
 
 flicted on) the judges before whom such matters come 
 Hutchinson. 
 
 EXERCISE XII. 
 
 Public service, in publicis rebus versari. Digest, series. Inquisition, 
 qucp.stio. 
 
 In the case of any man who had written something, and 
 spoken a great deal, upon very multifarious matters, during 
 upwards of twenty-five years' public service, and in as great 
 a variety of important events as perhaps have ever happened 
 
 iv. 3. S. 
 
 in the same number of years, it would appear a little hard, 
 in order to charge such a man with inconsistency, to see 
 collected by his friend, a sort of digest of his sayings, even 
 to such as were merely sportive and jocular. This digest, 
 however, has been made, with equal pains and partiality, 
 
 (82) 
 
 and without bringing out those passages of his writings 
 which might tend to show with what restrictions any ex- 
 pressions quoted from him ought to have been understood. 
 From a great statesman he did not quite expect this mode of 
 inquisition. Burke. 
 
 EXERCISE XHI. 
 
 * Death blow, vulnus leihale. 
 
 But there was handed down also a legend more wondrous, 
 with respect to Servius. His mother, Ocrisia, a captive and 
 
 XI. 1. 
 
 a slave, was offering cakes to the Lar, or household god, and 
 
46 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART HI. 
 
 saw in the fire on the earth the apparition of the deity. 
 
 (i) 
 
 Tanaquil interpreted the portent ; and by her command 
 Ocrisia arrayed herself as a bride, shut herself in the chamber, 
 and became pregnant by the god. She died before her time ; 
 but the infant was taken from her womb, and bred up by 
 Tanaquil. Another prodigy marked the boy to be born to 
 
 XI. 1. 
 
 great things. He was sleeping at mid-day in the porch of 
 the palace, and his head was seen to be surrounded with 
 flames, which played about him without harming him, till 
 he awoke, and then the fire vanished. Such were the marvels 
 of his birth and early life ; and the visible favour of the gods 
 
 xiii. obs. 1. 
 
 did not desert him at a later age. The goddess of Fortune 
 loved him, and visited him secretly ; and after his death his 
 image was placed in her temple, and remained unhurt, when 
 the temple itself was burned. This old image, made of wood 
 and gilt, was an object of reverence even in the time of the 
 
 (85) 
 
 emperors. Servius had been trusted by Tarquin, and placed 
 in high rank, and had made himself eminent by his courage 
 in battle. The king's sons were but young children. So 
 when Tarquin had received his death blow, Tanaquil took 
 speedy counsel with Servius ; then opened a window, and 
 told the people below, who were crowding round the palace, 
 "that the king was not slain, that his wound would be healed 
 in a few days, and that in the mean time he commanded 
 Servius to discharge the duties of his kingly office." The 
 people heard these tidings gladly; and Servius forthwith 
 began to act as king. The murderers were seized and pun- 
 ished, and the Marcii fled. When the death of Tarquinius 
 could be hidden no longer, Servius Tullius was already in pos- 
 session of the kingly power. Without suffering the senate 
 to name an Interrex, he offered himself to the people assem- 
 
 O) 
 
 bled in their Curiae, and was endowed by them with all the 
 powers of the former kings. 
 
PART III. IN LATIN PROSE. 4? 
 
 EXERCISE XIV. 
 
 To huddle over, commiscere. Concern, cura. Moral earthquake, terrce, 
 ut ita dicam, motus. 
 
 xii. 3. (f) 
 
 A business which has long occupied the councils and the 
 tribunals of Great Britain, cannot possibly be huddled over 
 
 xin. 3. S. 
 
 in the course of vulgar, trite, and transitory events. Nothing 
 but some of those great revolutions which break the tradi- 
 tionary chain of human memory, and alter the very face of 
 nature itself, can possibly obscure it. My lords, we are all 
 elevated to a degree of importance by it ; the meanest of us 
 
 in. 4. y. 
 
 will, by means of it, more or less become the concern of 
 
 (29) 
 
 posterity, if we are yet to hope for such a thing in the present 
 state of the world, as a recording, retrospective, civilized 
 
 v. 4. obs. 8. 
 
 posterity ; but this is in the hands of the Great Disposer of 
 events ; it is not ours to settle how it shall be. My lords, 
 your house still stands, it stands as a great edifice ; but let me 
 say, that it stands in the midst of ruins, in the midst of the 
 
 (32) 
 
 ruins that have been made by the greatest moral earthquake, 
 
 (64) 
 
 that ever convulsed and shattered this globe of ours. 
 Burke. 
 
 EXERCISE XV. 
 
 To wish joy of, gratulari de. Violent movement, tumultus publice 
 concitatus. 
 
 These arguments had more weight on the mind of Attalus. 
 He was introduced into the senate ; he wished them joy of 
 the victory, entered into details of his own services in that 
 
 (122) M. 2. 
 
 war, and those of his brother, if there were any, and the re- 
 volt of the Gauls, which had lately been made with a violent 
 movement. He requested that the senate would send as com- 
 missioners two persons by whose authority they might be 
 induced to lay down their arms. 
 
48 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART 
 
 EXERCISE XVI. 
 
 As to, quod attinet ad. Suitable, congruus. To centre in, tanquam ad 
 scopum dirigi. 
 
 (123) 
 
 We are some of us very fond of knowledge, and apt to 
 value ourselves upon any proficiency in the sciences. One 
 science, however, there is worth more than all the rest, and 
 that is the science of living well ; which shall remain, when 
 * tongues shall cease," and "knowledge shall vanish away." 
 As to new notions, and new doctrines, of which this age is 
 very fruitful, the time will come when we shall have no 
 pleasure in them : nay, the time will come, when they shall 
 be exploded, and would have been forgotten, if they had not 
 been preserved in those excellent books which contain a con- 
 futation of them, like insects preserved for ages in amber, 
 which otherwise would soon have returned to the common 
 mass of things. But a firm belief of Christianity, and a 
 practice suitable to it, will support and invigorate the mind 
 to the last ; and most of all, at last, at that important hour 
 which must decide our hopes and apprehensions : and the 
 wisdom, which, like our Saviour, cometh from above, will, 
 through his merits, bring us thither. All our studies and 
 pursuits, however different, ought to be subservient to, and 
 centre in, this grand point, the pursuit of eternal happiness 
 by being good in ourselves and useful to the world. Seed. 
 
 EXERCISE XVII. 
 
 Polity, reipublicce forma. True magnanimity, qui vere magno cst animo. 
 The inhabitants of Europe, and of most cold countries, 
 
 Xiii. 3. obs. 3. 
 
 abound in strength and courage ; but their intellectual powers 
 are feeble or defective. They enjoy liberty, but are unac- 
 quainted with good polity; and though capable of maintaining 
 their independence, are unworthy of aspiring to empire. 
 The inhabitants of Asia, on the contrary, are artful and inge- 
 
PART m. IN LATIN PROSE. 49 
 
 nious, but mean spirited and dastardly. They have, there- 
 fore, always been, and continue to this day, either subjects or 
 slaves. But the intermediate situation of the Greeks seems 
 to have happily blended in their character the virtues of 
 courage and prudence, and to have formed them for thinking 
 calmly, yet feeling strongly. They enjoy, therefore, the 
 double advantage of liberty and laws ; and are qualified for 
 
 XIH. 3. /3. 
 
 ruling the world, were they happily confederated under one 
 form of government. The Greeks, however, are not all 
 equally conspicuous for this happy temperament and the 
 manly policy which is its natural result. In some nations 
 the character is rude and shapeless ; one quality being defi- 
 cient, while another is redundant : but in whatever people 
 ardent courage most naturally harmonises with cool combi- 
 nation, and dignity of sentiment with energy of intellect, that 
 people must be considered as the best materials for legislation, 
 
 (43) 
 
 and the fittest to be moulded into a virtuous commonwealth. 
 It is said by some writers, that the military guardians of 
 states ought, like faithful dogs, to show themselves mild to- 
 wards those whom they know, but fierce towards strangers. 
 Yet true magnanimity is incapable of ferocity, and is never 
 moved even to asperity, but in resentment of injustice or 
 insult. Gillies. 
 
 EXERCISE XVIII. 
 
 General, universus. Question, id quod agitur. Rational, rationi con- 
 gruus. Flourish, declamatio. 
 
 I allow, as I ought to do, for the effusions which come 
 
 xin. 3. J. 
 
 from a general zeal for liberty. This is to be indulged, and 
 even to be encouraged, as long as the question is general 
 An orator, above all men, ought to be allowed a full and 
 free use of the praise of liberty. A common-place in 
 favour of slavery and tyranny delivered to a popular 
 assembly would indeed be a bold defiance of all the prin- 
 
 xiii. 3. c. 
 
 ciples of rhetoric. But in a question whether any par- 
 ticular constitution is or is not a plan of rational liberty, 
 this kind of rhetorical flourish in favour of freedom in 
 general is surely a little out of its place. It is virtually a 
 begging of the question. It is a song of triumph before the 
 battle. Burke. 
 
50 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART HI. 
 
 EXERCISE XIX. 
 
 To close upon, advolare. 
 
 Passing beyond the bounds of Latium, he carried war 
 against the fierce nation of the JEqui, and overcame them. 
 But of all his wars the most famous is the war with the 
 Sabines. The Sabines made common cause with the Latins, 
 and while the Roman force was engaged elsewhere, they 
 suddenly crossed the Anio, ravaged the fields up to the walls 
 of Rome, and were hardly driven back after a doubtful battle. 
 
 XI. 1. 
 
 In another year they again passed the Anio, throwing a 
 bridge of boats over the river a little above the point where 
 it falls into the Tiber, and pitched their camp upon the 
 nearer bank. Tarquinius led his army against them ; the 
 Sabines met him in the open field, and at the first shock 
 forced the infantry in the centre of the Roman line to give 
 ground ; but the cavalry, closing upon them from the wings, 
 not only checked them, but drove them back. Their alarm 
 
 xi. 4. ^ 
 
 was heightened by their suddenly seeing their bridge blazing 
 behind them. Tarquinius, from the higher part of the river, 
 had sent boats and rafts filled with pitch and lighted faggots 
 
 xin. 3. g. 
 
 floating down the stream. The Sabines were thus thrown 
 into confusion, and fled ; the Roman horse pressed hard upon 
 them : a few escaped to the mountains ; the greater part 
 were driven into the river, and perished in attempting to 
 pass it. Their arms floating down the current of the Tiber 
 made known the victory at Rome. Even the remnant who 
 escaped the perilous ford were cut off by a force which 
 Tarquinius had before sent across the Anio further up. The 
 prisoners and the recovered plunder he sent away to Rome ; 
 the spoils of the enemy he had vowed to Vulcan, and so 
 
 xi. 2. 
 
 gathered them into a great heap, and burned them. He 
 
 XI. 1. 
 
 then crossed the river with his whole army, and entered the 
 enemy's territory. The routed Sabines, as they had no time 
 for better measures, met him with such troops as they could 
 bring together, were again defeated, and so forced to sue for 
 peace. 
 
PART m. IN LATIN PROSE* 51 
 
 EXERCISE XX. i 
 
 To miscarry, successum non habere. The highest judicial and legislative 
 body, penes quos estsumma et juris et legum auctoritas. Weigh against, 
 contra valere. During the sitting of parliament, antefinita comitia. 
 
 XI. 1. 
 
 The bill has been frequently proposed, and as frequently 
 has miscarried: but it was always lost in the Lower House. 
 Little did I think, when it had passed the Commons, that it 
 possibly could have met with such opposition here. Shall 
 
 xiu. 3. obs.4. 
 
 it be said, that you, my lords, the grand council of the nation, 
 the highest: judicial and legislative body of the realm, en- 
 deavour to evade, by privilege, those very laws which you 
 enforce on your fellow-subjects? Forbid it justice! I am 
 sure, were the noble lords as well acquainted as I am with 
 but half the difficulties and delays occasioned in the courts 
 of justice, under pretence of privilege, they would not, nay 
 they could not, oppose the bill. 
 
 (54.) 
 
 I have waited with patience to hear what arguments might 
 
 xiu. 3. obs. 3. 
 
 be urged against this bill : but I have waited in vain ; the 
 truth is, there is no argument that can weigh against it. 
 The justice and expediency of the bill are such as render it 
 
 (68.) 
 
 self-evident. It is a proposition of that nature which can 
 neither be weakened by argument nor entangled with 
 sophistry. Much, indeed, has been said by some noble lords 
 
 (.) 
 
 on the wisdom of our ancestors, and how differently they 
 thought from us. They not only decreed, that privilege 
 should prevent all civil suits from proceeding during the 
 sitting of parliament, but likewise granted protection to 
 the very servants of members. I shall say nothing on the 
 wisdom of our ancestors ; it might perhaps appear invidious : 
 that^ is not necessary in the present case. I shall only say, 
 that the noble lords who flatter themselves with the weight 
 of that reflection, should remember, that as circumstances 
 alter, things themselves should alter. Lord Mansfield. 
 
52 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES ,PART III. 
 
 EXERCISE XXI. 
 
 To be admitted, locum obtinere. 
 
 (23) xiii. obs. 3. 
 
 Human nature is ever liable to corruption, and has in it 
 ' the seeds of every vice, as well as of every virtue ; and the 
 
 xii. 5. 
 
 first will be continually shooting forth and growing up, if 
 
 xii. 5. obs. 
 
 not carefully watched and rooted out as fast as they appear. 
 It is the business of religion to purify and exalt us from a 
 state of imperfection and infirmity to that which is necessary 
 and essential to happiness. Envy would make us miserable 
 in heaven itself, could it be admitted there ; for we must 
 there see beings far more excellent, and consequently more 
 
 vii. 2. /S. 
 
 happy, than ourselves : and till we can rejoice in seeing 
 virtue rewarded in proportion to its degree, we can never 
 hope to be among the number of the blessed. Chapo ne. 
 
 EXERCISE XXII. 
 
 To multiply, numero augere. There is a reciprocal interest, mutub 
 interest. 
 
 (59) 
 
 It seems to be the intention of Providence, that the lower 
 order of animals should be subservient to the comfort, con- 
 venience, and sustenance of man. But his right of dominion 
 
 % (1) ^ xii. 5. 
 
 extends no farther ; and if this right be exercised with mild- 
 ness, humanity, and justice, the subjects of his power will be 
 no less benefited than himself. For various species of living 
 
 (23.) 
 
 creatures are annually multiplied by human art, improved 
 in their receptive powers, by human culture, and plentifully 
 
 xiii. 2. 3. e. 
 
 fed by human industry. The relation, therefore, is reciprocal 
 between such animals and man ; and he may supply his own 
 
 v. 3. 
 
 wants by the use of their labour, the produce of their bodies, 
 
PART m. IN LATIN PROSE. 53 
 
 and even the sacrifice of their lives ; whilst he co-operates 
 with all-gracious heaven in promoting happiness, the great 
 end of existence. Critical and Literary Dissertations. 
 
 EXERCISE XXIII. 
 
 To have occasion for, indigere. To expose, in lucem proferre. To set a 
 mark upon, notam inurere (with dat.). 
 
 xii. 6. 4. a. 
 
 Do we not sometimes observe a sort of people who, 
 though they are themselves under the abject dominion of 
 
 (4) 
 
 every vice, show a kind of malicious resentment against the 
 errors of others ; and are most severe upon those whom they 
 most resemble ? Yet surely a lenity of disposition, even in 
 
 (80) 
 
 persons who have the least occasion for clemency themselves, 
 is of all virtues the most becoming. The highest of all 
 
 (59) 
 
 characters, in my estimation, is his who is as ready to 
 pardon the errors of mankind as if he were every day guilty 
 
 xni. obs 3. 
 
 of some himself; and, at the same time, as cautious of com- 
 
 XIH. obs. 5. 
 
 mitting a fault as if he never forgave one. It is a rule then 
 which we should most religiously observe upon all occasions, 
 both private and public, " to be inexorable to our own 
 failings, while we treat those of the rest of the world with 
 tenderness, not excepting even such as forgive none but 
 themselves." 
 
 xii. 6. 2. 
 
 I shall, perhaps, be asked, who it is that has given occasion 
 
 vn. 3. obs. 2. 
 
 to these reflections. Know, then, that a certain person lately 
 but of that when we meet though, upon second thoughts, 
 not even then ; lest, whilst I condemn and expose his conduct, 
 I shall act counter to that maxim I particularly recommend. 
 Whoever, therefore, and whatever he is, he shall remain in 
 silence : for though there may be some use, perhaps, in 
 setting a mark upon the man for the sake of example, there 
 will be more, however, in sparing him for the sake of 
 humanity. Farewell. Melmoth. 
 
 D 3 
 
54 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART III. 
 
 EXERCISE XXIV. 
 
 To have immediate connection with, intime pendere ab. To take further 
 steps, aliquid ulterius audere. 
 
 ii. 
 
 I shall, however, mention one story which has immediate 
 connexion with our present narrative. As this city was under 
 the government of the Romans, the Persian army block- 
 
 xi. 1. (49) 
 
 aded it. During seventy days they surrounded it ; they 
 planted battering-rams against the walls, constructed many 
 
 xi. 4. 3. obs. 
 
 other warlike machines, and made ramparts and trenches 
 around the city ; yet they could not force it to surrender. 
 At length, they determined to stop the course of the river 
 Mygdonius, which flows through the city ; they formed ram- 
 
 . ' (72) (73) 
 
 parts on each side of the stream to prevent its overflowing, 
 and so much of the water was thus collected that it began to 
 flow over the embankment ; then they hurled it like a batter- 
 ing-ram against the walls, which, not being able to withstand 
 the shock, were thrown down. The river also caused a 
 similar catastrophe as it rushed out on the opposite side of the 
 city ; for the walls in that part were likewise unable to resist 
 the impetuosity of the stream, and were consequently over- 
 thrown. On perceiving the walls thus battered down, Sapor 
 expected to take possession of the city without any trouble. 
 He remained at rest during that day, with the intention of 
 waiting till the ground had become dry and the river navi- 
 
 vii. 2. ft. 
 
 gable, before he took any further steps. At length he called 
 together all his troops, in the confident expectation of effect- 
 ing an entrance into the city through the breaches which 
 
 (86) 
 
 had been made in the walls ; he then perceived that the walls 
 had been rebuilt, and that all his labour had been in vain. 
 For the holy bishop, after having by means of prayer raised 
 the courage of the soldiers and of the other inhabitants, re- 
 built the wall, and placed the warlike machines within the 
 city in order to assault the enemy. Theodoret. 
 
PART IH. IN LATIN PROSE. 55 
 
 EXERCISE XXV. 
 
 Precedent, exemplum. A pirate, prcedo. A ravager, latro. 
 
 . v. 2. 
 
 His nod has decided all causes in Sicily for these three 
 years. And his decisions have broken all law, all precedent, 
 all right. The sums he has, by arbitrary taxes and unheard- 
 of impositions, extorted from the industrious poor, are not to 
 
 (32) 
 
 be computed. The most faithful allies of the commonwealth 
 have been treated as enemies. Roman citizens have, like 
 slaves, been put to death with tortures. The most atrocious 
 criminals, for money, have been exempted from the deserved 
 
 (5) 
 
 punishments ; and men of the most unexceptionable characters 
 condemned and banished unheard. The harbours, though 
 sufficiently fortified, and the gates of strong towns, have been 
 opened to pirates and ravagers. The soldiery and sailors, 
 belonging to a province under the protection of the common- 
 wealth, have been starved to death ; whole fleets, to the great 
 
 (124.) 
 
 detriment of the province, suffered to perish. The ancient 
 monuments of either Sicilian or Roman greatness, the statues 
 
 XI. 4. (3.) 
 
 of heroes and princes, have been carried off; and the temples 
 stripped of the images. Having, by his iniquitous sentences, 
 
 xi. 3. . 
 
 filled the prisons with the most industrious and deserving of 
 the people, he then proceeded to order numbers of Roman 
 citizens to be strangled in the gaols ; so that the exclamation 
 " I am a citizen of Rome !" which has often in the most 
 distant regions, and among the most barbarous people, been 
 
 III. 4. y. 
 
 a protection, was of no service to them ; but, on the contrary, 
 brought a speedier and a more severe punishment upon 
 them. Melmoth. 
 
 EXERCISE XXVI. 
 
 Aggravated, a vero abhorrens. 
 
 XIH. obs. 4. 
 
 I ask now, Verres, what thou hast to advance against this 
 charge? Wilt thou pretend to deny it? Wilt thou pretend 
 
 D4 
 
56 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART HI. 
 
 in. 3. I 
 
 that anything false, that even anything aggravated is alleged 
 against thee ? Had any prince, or any state committed the 
 same outrage against the privilege of Roman citizens, should 
 we not think we had sufficient ground for demanding satis- 
 
 (86) 
 
 faction ? What punishment ought then to be inflicted upon 
 a tyrannical and wicked praetor, who dared, at no greater dis- 
 tance than Sicily, within sight of the Italian coast, to put to the 
 infamous death of crucifixion that unfortunate and innocent 
 citizen, Gavius Cosanus, only for his having asserted his 
 privilege of citizenship, and declared his intention of appeal- 
 ing to the justice of his country, against the cruel oppressor 
 who had unjustly confined him in prison at Syracuse, whence 
 
 YII. 1. & 2. 
 
 he had just made his escape? The unhappy man, arrested 
 as he was going to embark for his native country, is brought 
 before the wicked praetor. With eyes darting fury, and a 
 countenance distorted with cruelty, he orders the helpless 
 victim of his rage to be stripped, and rods to be brought ; 
 accusing him, but without the least shadow of evidence, or 
 even of suspicion, of having come to Sicily as a spy. It was 
 in vain that the unhappy man cried out, " I am a Roman 
 citizen; I have served under Lucius Pretius, who is now at 
 Panormus, and will attest my innocence." The blood- 
 thirsty praetor, deaf to all he could urge in his own defence, 
 ordered the infamous punishment to be inflicted. Thus, 
 Fathers, was an innocent Roman citizen publicly mangled 
 with scourging, whilst the only words he uttered, amidst his 
 cruel sufferings, were, " I am a Roman citizen !" With these 
 he hoped to defend himself from violence and infamy. But 
 
 (125) 
 
 of so little service was this privilege to him, that, while he 
 was thus asserting his citizenship, the order was given for 
 his execution upon the cross. Melmoth. 
 
 EXERCISE XXVII. 
 
 Rash conduct, impotentia. To have a good effect upon, perutile esse 
 
 He held the office this time for rather more than two years, 
 during which time he showed his usual wisdom and zeal in 
 
PART III. 
 
 IN LATIN PROSE. 57 
 
 (123) 
 
 the king's service. He and all of his colleagues, indeed, seem 
 to .have taken very wise steps towards softening down the 
 rash conduct of the king : they passed several salutary laws ; did 
 
 ( 126) 
 
 their best to abate the public burdens ; and when parliament 
 met again, they offered to resign their offices, and requested 
 that all their measures might be examined, and that if any 
 
 vii. 2. . 
 
 one had any complaint to make, he would come forward and 
 state it. This straightforward course had a good effect on 
 the nation ; and the king would not allow them to retire, but 
 
 xni. obs. 5. 
 
 reinstated them in their places. He was, moreover, at this 
 time, reconciled to the Duke of Lancaster and several other 
 of the nobles, who had before been alienated irom him. 
 
 XIH. 2. 3. E. 
 
 Thus everything seemed happily arranged, and the king and 
 the people united in affection and regard for each other's 
 rights and welfare. Life of William of JVykeham. 
 
 EXEECISE XXVIIL 
 
 Maxims, pracepta. To copy out, referre. (See Virg, JEn. IV. 329. 
 Juv. Sat i. 66.) 
 
 How sad a change from the highest joy to the deepest 
 
 vii. 2.. obs. 
 
 sorrow! How shall I express the wound that pierced my heart, 
 when I heard Fundanus himself (as grief is ever finding out 
 circumstances to aggravate its affliction) ordering the money 
 he had designed to lay out upon clothes and jewels for her 
 marriage, to be employed in myrrh and spices for her funeral? 
 He is a man of great learning and good sense, who has ap- 
 plied himself from his earliest youth to the noblest and most 
 elevated studies : but all the maxims of fortitude which 
 
 v. *. obs. 7. 
 
 he has received from books, or advanced himself, he now 
 absolutely rejects ; and every other virtue of his heart gives 
 place to all a parent's tenderness. We shall excuse, we shall 
 
 vi r. 2. <y. obs. 1. 
 
 even approve his sorrow, when we consider what he has lost. 
 He has lost a daughter, who resembled him in his manners, 
 
 D 5 
 
58 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART III. 
 
 as well as his person ; and exactly copied out all her father. 
 
 vii. 2. /S. 
 
 If his friend Marcellinus shall think proper to write to him 
 upon the subject of so reasonable a grief, let me remind him 
 not to use the rougher arguments of consolation, and such as 
 seem to carry a sort of reproof with them ; but those of kind 
 and sympathizing humanity. Time will render him more 
 open to the dictates of reason ; for as a fresh wound shrinks 
 back from the hand of the surgeon, but by degrees submits 
 to, and even requires, the means of its cure, so a mind, under 
 the first impressions of a misfortune, shuns and rejects 
 all arguments of consolation ; but at length, if applied with 
 tenderness, calmly and willingly acquiesces in them. 
 
 vn. 3. obs. 1. 
 
 Farewell. Melmoth. 
 
 EXERCISE XXIX. 
 
 Encourage, quasi stimulos subjicere. Bulky, qua majoris sint ponderis. 
 
 Upon similar principles we must decide concerning the 
 extent and nature of the territory. That which is most 
 fertile in the greatest variety of productions seems entitled to 
 
 vn. 2. 8. 
 
 a just preference, provided this fertility be not so luxuriant 
 as to encourage indolen-ce or engender voluptuousness. Mili- 
 
 vii. 2. y. obs. 1. 
 
 tary men will tell us what makes a country easy of egress, 
 
 (99) (50) 
 
 yet difficult of invasion. The territory should also be com- 
 pactly situate ; that it may easily fall within the superintend- 
 ing eye of the statesman or general ; that its parts may be 
 able mutually to assist each other, and that the whole may 
 be readily defended. 
 
 The maritime position of the capital will greatly con- 
 tribute to this last purpose ; for its inhabitants may speedily 
 embark, and sail to the defence of any part of their posses- 
 
 vii. 2. /3. 
 
 sions that happens to be attacked ; and they may attack 
 the enemy in those parts that are most vulnerable. It is 
 also of great importance to commerce, and especially to the 
 
PART III. IN LATIN PKOSE. 59 
 
 transportation of wood and other bulky articles, that the 
 capital be conveniently situate with regard both to the sea 
 and to the surrounding land. Gillies. 
 
 EXERCISE XXX. 
 
 Reasonable, ratione prceditus. Mutual confidence, summa consensio. 
 Every enjoyment of domestic life must be embittered to 
 
 vii 2. /3. 
 
 him who feels the rankling wound that is inflicted by 
 this malignant passion, the inevitable consequence of har- 
 bouring which must be the loss of all that is most dear and 
 valuable in social life. Our benevolent Creator, doubtless, 
 
 ix. 6. 
 
 intended to mitigate the sufferings of his reasonable creatures 
 while on earth, by affording them the consolations to be 
 derived from a faithful, affectionate, and enlightened friend- 
 ship. But virtuous persons, and such only, are properly 
 qualified to relish that high and intimate connection of soul, 
 in which a mutual confidence of thoughts, of pleasures and 
 pains is reciprocally experienced. Massillon. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXI. 
 
 To enter into, tractare. Unnatural, qua a naturd abhorret. 
 xiii. 2. 3. f. xi. 4. S. obs. 
 
 Vice destroys human happiness, by introducing disorder 
 into the heart. The envious man is incapable of cultivating 
 amicable intercourse in society, and his greatest enemy can- 
 not inflict what is equal to the torment he creates to himself 
 who suffers it to reign with full dominion. A person of this 
 unhappy temper, instead of entering into the concerns of his 
 friends with ardour, and rejoicing in their prosperity, looks 
 with an evil eye on their success, and with an unnatural 
 satisfaction feeds on their calamities. If it were possible 
 
 D 6 
 
60 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART III. 
 
 for a man of this disposition to be admitted into heaven, 
 that root of bitterness would make him miserable even in 
 
 xiu. 2. 3. f. 
 
 the paradise of God. To behold the glorified saints under 
 the divine protection, and encompassed with his favour as 
 with a shield, would render their presence insupportable ; 
 the lustre of those objects could not please his vitiated 
 eye, but would pain and overpower it. Among the celestial 
 inhabitants there is neither envy nor tumult. Massillon. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXII. 
 
 Spectacle, quasi ludibrium. 
 Oh, my murdered brother ! Oh dearest to my heart ! now 
 
 vii. 2. t. obs. 
 
 gone for ever from my sight ! But why should I lament his 
 death? He is, indeed, deprived of the blessed light of 
 heaven, of life, and kingdom, at once, by the very person 
 who ought to have been the first to hazard his own life 
 in defence of any one of Micipsa's family. But as things are, 
 my brother is not so much deprived of these comforts as de- 
 livered from terror, from flight, from exile, and the endless 
 train of miseries which render life to me a burden. He lies 
 full low, gored with wounds, and festering in his own blood. 
 
 XIII. 1. 
 
 But he lies in peace. He feels none of the miseries which 
 rend my soul with agony and distraction, while I am set up 
 
 in. 4. y. 
 
 a spectacle to all mankind of the uncertainty of human affairs. 
 
 (125) 
 
 So far from having it in my power to punish his murderer, I 
 am not master of the means of securing my own life. So far 
 from being in a condition to defend my kingdom from the 
 violence of the usurper, I am obliged to apply for foreign 
 protection for my own person. 
 
 Fathers ! Senators of Rome ! the arbiters of nations ! to 
 you I fly for refuge from the murderous fury of Jugurtha. 
 By your affection for your children ; by your love for your 
 country ; by your own virtues; by the majesty of the Ro- 
 man commonwealth ; by all that is sacred, and all that is dear 
 
PART III. IN LATIN PROSE. 61 
 
 to you deliver a wretched prince from undeserved, unpro- 
 voked injury ; and save the kingdom of Numidia, which is 
 
 (73) 
 
 your own property, from being the prey of violence, usurpa- 
 tion, and cruelty. Melmoth. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXIII. 
 
 Extravagant, prater modum. Searchers, ut ita dicam, qucestores. 
 
 By the extravagant praises which are indiscriminately 
 lavished on the ashes of every person alike, we entirely per- 
 vert the original intent of epitaphs, which were contrived to 
 do honour and justice to the virtuous and the good. But by 
 the present practice the reputation of men are equally con- 
 founded with their dust in the grave, where there is no 
 distinction between the good and the bad. The law has ap- 
 
 (56) 
 
 pointed searchers to inquire, when any one dies, into the 
 
 vii. 3. obs. 2. 
 
 cause of his death. In the same manner I could wish, that 
 searchers were appointed to examine into his way of living, 
 
 vii. 2. /3. 
 
 before a character be given of him upon the tomb-stone. 
 
 The flatteries that are paid to the deceased are undoubt- 
 edly owing to the pride of their survivors, which is the 
 same among the lowest as the highest set of people. 
 Connoisseur. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXIV. 
 
 Settlement, locus. To feel oneself at home, liber et latus sibi videri. 
 Independence, ut ita dicam, aiirapKfla. 
 
 We had the opportunity of examining nearly every settle- 
 ment, and witnessing the actual state of most of the colonies. 
 
 XI. 1. 
 
 When we arrived, and set our feet on shore, we were treated 
 
62 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART HI. 
 
 with a kindness and hospitality far beyond our most sanguine 
 expectations, and which made us feel ourselves at home. 
 
 xii. 4. 
 
 There was not a man but took us by the hand, and treated us 
 as his brothers. The people there possess a spirit of liberty 
 
 xii. 3. 
 
 and independence, such as we have never seen among the 
 people of this country. As a body, the people of Liberia, 
 we think, owing to their circumstances, have risen in their 
 style of living, and their happiness, as a community, far 
 above those of their coloured brethren, even the most pro- 
 sperous of them, that we have seen in America. They feel 
 
 iv. 3. 
 
 that they have a home. They have no fear of the white 
 man or the coloured man. They have no superiors. They 
 do not look up to others, but they are looked up to by them. 
 Their laws grow out of themselves, and are their own. They 
 
 XIII. 1. 
 
 truly sit under their own vine and fig-tree, having none to 
 molest and make them afraid. Innes* Liberia. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXV. 
 
 Royalty, decus regium. Extravagant, prater modum. Eational, rationi 
 congruus. 
 
 XH. 6. 4. a. 
 
 Do you imagine that all are happy who have attained to 
 those summits of distinction towards which your wishes 
 aspire ? Alas ! how frequently has experience shown that 
 where roses were supposed to bloom, nothing but briars and 
 thorns grew ! Reputation, beauty, riches, grandeur, nay, roy- 
 alty itself, would, many a time, have been gladly exchanged 
 by the possessors for that more quiet and humble station 
 with which you are now dissatisfied. With all that is splen- 
 did and shining in the world, it is decreed that there should 
 
 (5) . 
 mix many deep shades of wo. On the elevated situations of 
 
 fortune the great calamities of life chiefly fall. There the 
 storm spends its violence, and there the thunder breaks ; 
 while, safe and unhurt, the inhabitants of the vale remain 
 
PART III. IN LATIN FROS'E. 63 
 
 VH. 3. 
 
 below. Retreat, then, from those vain and pernicious ex- 
 
 (30) 
 
 cursions of extravagant desire. Satisfy yourselves with what 
 is rational and attainable. Train your minds to moderate 
 views of human life and human happiness. Remember and 
 admire the wisdom of the wise man's petition : " Remove far 
 from me vanity and lies. Give me neither poverty nor 
 riches. Feed me with food convenient for me, lest I be full 
 and deny thee, and say, who is the Lord ? or lest I be poor, 
 and steal, and take the name of my God in vain." Blair. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXVI. 
 
 The very essence of, &c., ipsum ingenium. Whimsical, ad arbitrium 
 fictus. 
 
 (80) 
 
 Since genius is the chief requisite in all kinds of poetry, 
 nothing can be more contrary to the very essence of it than 
 adopting as beauties certain arts which are merely mecha- 
 nical. There are daily arising many ivhimsical excellencies, 
 which have no foundation in nature, but are only counte- 
 
 (11) XIII. 1. 
 
 nanced by the present mode of writing. With these it is as 
 easy to fill our compositions, as to dress ourselves in the 
 fashion ; but the writer who puts his work together in this 
 manner, is no more a poet than his tailor. Such productions 
 
 in. 3.. 
 
 often betray great labour and exactness, but show no genius : 
 for those who sit down to write by rule, and follow " dry 
 receipts how poems should be made," may compose their 
 pieces without the least assistance from the imagination. 
 Connoisseur. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXVII. 
 
 When thought of as, &c., cum in numero sociorum habendi sunt. 
 
 (30) 
 We need not speak of the immediate effects of slavery in 
 
 xn. 2.3. 
 
 those states where it exists ; they are acknowledged by 
 
64 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART III. 
 
 all to be grievous ; but throughout the American states 
 the negroes form a distinct race, branded by their colour as 
 an inferior caste ; regarded with a species of loathing when 
 thought of as companions, and for ever shut out from the 
 privileges of the white men by whom they are surrounded. 
 
 vii. 2. ft. 
 
 Be it prejudice, or be it founded in reason, the feeling of dis- 
 like mutually exists ; and the warmest friend of the cause of 
 abolition would shrink with disgust from the idea of a matri* 
 monial connection between his children and this unfortunate 
 people. No matter what may be their industry and sobriety ; 
 no matter what their attainments in science, or their cha- 
 racter for morality, they can never hope to pass the broad 
 line of demarcation, or assume a station of equality with the 
 other members of the community. Innes 1 Liberia. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXVIII. 
 
 Incentive to, quod suadeat ad. Hovel, habitaculum. To become a 
 tenant of the almshouse or gaol, mendicato cibo viuere, aut carceris 
 incola esse. Without moral restraint, sui impotens. 
 
 vin 2. 3. a. 
 
 If, by habits of industry, and correct deportment, a few in- 
 dividuals rise above their degraded brethren, their condition 
 is scarcely improved. Conscious of their superiority to those 
 
 (85) 
 
 of their own colour, by whom they are envied, they can find 
 no satisfaction in their society ; while they are shunned and 
 despised by the meanest of the whites, perhaps far inferior to 
 them in every particular, save colour ; and if they have 
 brought up children, to whom they have given the benefit of 
 education, there is little chance of their finding suitable com- 
 panions among their own people. To unite them to respect- 
 able whites is impossible. Thus destitute of the advantages 
 while they possess the name of freemen ; deprived of every 
 incentive to virtuous exertion, and exposed to every tempta- 
 tion to vice, it is no wonder that they are degraded and 
 
 iv. 3. ft. 
 
 miserable. Nor does the future offer any prospect of amend- 
 ment in their condition. To them the volume of time, like 
 
PART III. 
 
 IN LATIN PROSE. 65 
 
 the roll of the prophet, reveals only lamentations, and mourn- 
 ing and woe. The natural consequence of this deplorable state 
 of things, is seen and felt in our large cities, and, in a degree 
 throughout the country. We have an idle, ignorant, vicious 
 population, crowded together in their wretched hovels, with 
 scarcely the means of procuring a scanty subsistence. Natu- 
 rally improvident, and without moral restraint, they are 
 driven to crime to satisfy the cravings of want, and readily 
 become the tenants of the alms-house or the gaol. Innes 
 Liberia. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXJX. 
 
 Straitened, in angustias coactus. Restlessness, inquietus ilk animus. 
 Destination, ut ita dicam scopus. 
 
 The active mind of man seldom or never rests satisfied 
 
 (121) 
 
 with its present condition, how prosperous soever. Origi- 
 ginally formed for a wider range of objects, for a higher 
 
 XIII. 1. 
 
 sphere of enjoyments, it finds itself, in every situation of 
 fortune, straitened and confined. Sensible of deficiency in its 
 state, it is ever sending forth the fond desire, the aspiring 
 wish, after something beyond what is enjoyed at present. 
 Hence, that restlessness which prevails so generally among 
 mankind. Hence, that disgust of pleasures which they have 
 
 (53) 
 
 tried; that passion for novelty; that ambition of rising to 
 some degree of eminence or felicity, of which they have 
 
 (123) 
 
 formed to themselves an indistict idea. All of which may 
 be considered as indications of a certain native, original 
 greatness in the human soul, swelling beyond the limits of 
 its present condition ; and pointing to the higher objects for 
 which it was made. Happy, if these latent remains of our 
 
 (121) 
 
 primitive state, served to direct our wishes towards their 
 proper destination, and to lead us into the path of true bliss ! 
 But in this dark and bewildered state, the aspiring tendency 
 
 of our nature unfortunately takes an opposite direction, and 
 
 ii. 
 feeds a very misplaced ambition. Blair. 
 
66 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART in. 
 
 EXERCISE XL. 
 
 Humour, libido. 
 
 (97) 
 
 If you have chosen to indulge your humour or your taste, 
 
 xn. 4. a. 
 
 in the gratification of indolence or pleasure, can you complain 
 because others, in preference to you, have obtained those 
 advantages which naturally belong to useful labours, and 
 honourable pursuits ? Have not the consequences of some 
 false steps, into which your passions, or your pleasures, have 
 betrayed you, pursued you through much of your life ; tainted, 
 perhaps, your characters, involved you in embarrassments, 
 or sunk you into neglect ? It is an old saying, that every 
 man is the artificer of his own fortune in the world. It is 
 certain that the world seldom turns wholly against a man, 
 unless through his own fault. "Religion is," in general, 
 " profitable unto all things." Virtue, diligence, and industry, 
 joined with good temper and prudence, have ever been 
 
 (56) 
 
 found the surest road to prosperity ; and where men fail of 
 attaining it, their want of success is far oftener owing to 
 their having deviated from that road, than to their having 
 encountered insuperable bars in it. Some, by being too art- 
 ful, forfeit the reputation of probity. Some, by being too 
 open, are accounted to fail in prudence. Others, by being 
 fickle and changeable, are distrusted by all, Blair. 
 
 EXERCISE XLI. 
 
 Incentives to, quod suadeat ad. Anticipate, quasi prasumere. 
 
 Let us also accustom ourselves to reflect on the small 
 moment of these things, which are the usual incentives to 
 violence and contention. In the ruffled and angry hour, we 
 view every appearance through a false medium. The most 
 
 < 5 > 
 
 inconsiderable point of interest, or honour, swells into a mo- 
 mentous object; and the slightest attack seems to threaten 
 
PART III. IN LATIN PROSE. 67 
 
 (fl ) XL 4. 
 
 us with immediate ruin. But after passion or pride has sub- 
 
 3. obs. 
 
 sided, we look around in vain for the mighty mischiefs we 
 dreaded. The fabric which our disturbed imagination had 
 reared, totally disappears. But though the cause of conten- 
 tion has dwindled away, its consequences remain. We have 
 alienated a friend ; we have embittered an enemy ; we have 
 sown the seeds of future suspicion, malevolence or dis- 
 
 XIII. 1. 
 
 gust. Let us suspend our violence for a moment when causes 
 of discord occur. Let us anticipate that period of coolness, 
 
 (128) ^ 
 
 which, of itself, will soon arrive. Blair. 
 
 EXERCISE XLII. 
 
 Licentious, libidinibus data. To prey on, quasi depasci. 
 
 xn. 5. 
 
 Though no condition of human life is free from uneasiness, 
 yet it must be allowed, that the uneasiness belonging to a 
 sinful course, is far greater than what attends a course of 
 well-doing. If we are weary of the labours of virtue, we 
 may be assured that the world, whenever we try the ex- 
 change, will lay upon us a much heavier load. It is the out- 
 side only, of a licentious life, which is gay and smiling. 
 Within, it conceals toil and trouble, and deadly sorrow. For 
 
 xi. 4. obs. 
 
 vice poisons human happiness in the spring, by introducing 
 disorder into the heart. Those passions which it seems to 
 indulge, it only feeds with imperfect gratifications; and 
 
 (2) 
 
 thereby strengthens them for preying in the end on their 
 unhappy victims. Blair. 
 
 EXERCISE XLIII. 
 
 The records of eternity, ceterni temporis fasti. In the supreme point, 
 de summo bono. 
 
 xii. 5. xiii. obs. 4. 
 
 If this is a man of pleasure, what is a man of pain ? How 
 quick, how total, is the transit of such persons ! In what a 
 
68 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART III. 
 
 dismal gloom do they set for ever ! How short, alas ! the day 
 of their rejoicing ! For a moment they glitter, they dazzle. 
 In a moment, where are they ? Oblivion covers their me- 
 mories. Ah ! would it did ! Infamy snatches them from 
 oblivion. In the long living annals of infamy their triumphs 
 are recorded. Thy sufferings, poor Altamont ! still bleed in 
 the bosom of the heart-stricken friend for Altamont had a 
 
 (99) 
 
 friend. He might have had many. His transient morning 
 might have been the dawn of an immortal day. His name 
 might have been gloriously enrolled in the records of eter- 
 nity. His memory might have left a sweet fragrance behind 
 it, grateful to the surviving friend, salutary to the succeed- 
 ing generation. With what capacity was he endowed ! with 
 what advantages for being greatly good ! But, with the 
 
 vi. 2. . 
 
 talents of an angel, a man may be a fool. If he judges amiss 
 in the supreme point, judging right in all else but aggravates 
 his folly ; as it shows him wrong, though blessed with the 
 best capacity of being right. Young. 
 
 EXERCISE XLIV. 
 
 To be filled with discouragements, rebus adversis premi. No trial would 
 have remained, virtus nulla nee spectaretur nee probaretur. 
 
 The lives of the best men are often filled with discourage- 
 
 (129) 
 
 raents. Merit languishes in neglected solitude, and vanity 
 and presumption gain the admiration of mankind. In a 
 scheme so complex as the administration of the world our 
 judgments must be often erroneous ; and as we can see only 
 
 (4) 
 
 a few links of that chain of being which by secret connexions 
 
 iv. a ft. 
 
 binds together the present and the future, it is not surprising 
 that the divine conduct should appear to us mysterious. Our 
 present situation may be compared to a state of twilight, 
 where we are in a condition between complete light and total 
 darkness. Had we enjoyed no evidence of Providence inter- 
 posing in our affairs, virtue would have been deprived of its 
 
PAJRT in. IN LATIN PROSE. 69 
 
 support. On the other hand, had the evidence been so 
 strong that we could discover the justice of heaven in every 
 step of its procedure, no trial of virtue would have remained* 
 In the government of states and empires, order and magni- 
 
 (56) 
 
 ficence become prominent features, whenever we behold the 
 Deity disposing everything from one extremity of the globe 
 to the other. His will being the origin of all things, he sees 
 the most distant events in their causes. He influences 
 princes and sovereigns to act in conformity to his designs of 
 justice and mercy. It is he who grants peace or permits war 
 agreeably to his wisdom. It is he also who gives to kings 
 wise or corrupt ministers whose plans succeed or are defeated, 
 
 (55) 
 
 as may be most conducive to the consummation of his will. The 
 
 xin. 2..3. f. 
 
 course of the human passions is directed by the Most High, 
 in a manner so inexplicable, as to constrain even the malice 
 
 (129) 
 
 of men to accomplish his designs. Massillon. 
 
70 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV. 
 
 PART IV. 
 
 EXERCISE I. 
 
 WOMEN in the Homeric age enjoyed more freedom, and 
 communicated more in business and amusement among men, 
 than in subsequent ages has been usual in those eastern 
 countries ; far more than at Athens in the flourishing times 
 of the commonwealth. In the Iliad we find Helen and An- 
 dromache appearing frequently in company with the Trojan 
 chiefs, and entering freely into the conversation. Attended 
 only by one or two maid servants, they walk through the streets 
 of Troy as business or fancy lead them. Penelope, persecuted 
 as she is by her suitors, does not scruple occasionally to show 
 herself among them ; and scarcely more reserve seems to have 
 been imposed on virgins than on married women. Equally 
 indeed Homer's elegant eulogies and Hesiod's severe sar- 
 casms prove women to have been in their days important 
 members of society. The character of Penelope, in the 
 Odyssey, is the completest panegyric upon the sex that ever 
 was composed; and no language can give a more elegant or 
 a more highly coloured picture of conjugal affection than is 
 displayed in the conversation between Hector and Andro- 
 mache in the sixth book of the Iliad. Even Helen, in spite 
 of her failings, and independently of her beauty, steals upon 
 our hearts, in Homer's description, by the modesty of her 
 deportment, and the elegance of her manners. On all occa- 
 sions, indeed, Homer shows a disposition to favour the sex : 
 civility and attention to them he attributes most particularly 
 to his greatest characters, to Achilles, and still more re- 
 markably to Hector. Miff or d. 
 
PART IV IN LATIN PROSE. 71 
 
 EXERCISE II. 
 
 I am not bringing forward an hypothesis, but the plain 
 result of unprejudiced observation, when I remark that 
 Lavinium, as its name implies, was the seat of congress for 
 the Latins, who were also called Lavines, as Pan-Ionium was 
 for that of the lonians. When a legend contains names sup- 
 posed to have belonged to individuals, this goes far towards 
 giving it the look of being something more than a fiction. 
 Hence many who otherwise might still insist that the Trojan 
 legend ought not to be absolutely rejected, may perhaps 
 change their opinions, when they discern that Lavinia and 
 Turnus are only personifications of two nations, and that 
 Lavinium was a more recent city than Alba. Niebuhr, 
 i.201. 
 
 EXERCISE III. 
 
 It was scarcely possible that the eyes of contempo- 
 raries should discover in the public felicity the latent 
 causes of decay and corruption. This long peace and 
 the uniform government of the Romans, introduced a 
 slow and secret poison into the vitals of the empire. The 
 minds of men were gradually reduced to the same level, 
 the fire of genius was extinguished, and even the military 
 spirit evaporated. The natives of Europe were brave and 
 robust; Spain, Gaul, Britain, and Illyrium supplied the 
 legions with excellent soldiers, and constituted the real 
 strength of the monarchy. Their personal valour remained ; 
 but they no longer possessed that public courage, which is 
 nourished by the love of independence, the sense of national 
 honour, the presence of danger, and the habit of command. 
 They received laws and governors from the will of their 
 sovereign, and trusted for their defence to a mercenary 
 army. The posterity of their boldest leaders was contented 
 with the rank of citizens and subjects. The most aspiring 
 spirits resorted to the court or the standard of the emperors ; 
 and the deserted provinces, deprived of political strength or 
 union, insensibly sunk into the languid indifference of private 
 life. Gibbon, chap. ii. 
 
72 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV. 
 
 EXERCISE IV. 
 
 Although Euripides, as an enlightened philosopher, might 
 have found pleasure in showing the Athenians the folly 
 of many of the traditions which they believed in and con- 
 sidered as holy ; yet it is somewhat strange that he all along 
 kept close to these mythical subjects, and did not attempt to 
 substitute for them subjects of his own invention. It is 
 certain that Euripides regarded these mythical traditions as 
 merely the substratum, the canvass, on which he paints his 
 great pictures without the restraint of any rules. He avails 
 himself of the old stories, in order to produce situations, in 
 which he may exhibit the men of his own time influenced by 
 mental excitement and emotion. There is great truth in the 
 distinction which Sophocles made between the characters of 
 his plays and those of Euripides, when he said that he re- 
 presented men as they ought to be, Euripides men as 
 they are. Mutter's Literature of Greece. 
 
 EXERCISE V. 
 
 While they complain that life is short, they are often 
 wishing its different periods at an end. Covetous of every 
 other possession, of time only they are prodigal. They allow 
 every idle man to be master of this property, and make every 
 frivolous occupation welcome that can help them to consume 
 it. Among those who are so careless of time, it is not to be 
 expected that order should be observed in its distribution. 
 But, by this fatal neglect, how many materials of severe and 
 lasting regret are they laying up in store for themselves ! 
 The time which they suffer to pass away in the midst of con- 
 fusion, bitter repentance seeks afterwards in vain to recall. 
 What was omitted to be done at its proper moment, arises to 
 the torment of some future season. Manhood is disgraced 
 by the consequences of neglected youth. Old age, oppressed 
 by cares that belonged to a former period, labours under a 
 burden not its own. At the close of life, the dying man be- 
 holds with anguish that his days are finishing, when his 
 
PART IT. IN LATIN PROSE. 73 
 
 preparation for eternity is hardly commenced. Such are 
 the effects of a disorderly waste of time, through not attend- 
 ing to its value. Every thing in the life of such persons is 
 misplaced. Nothing is performed aright, from not being 
 performed in due season. 
 
 But he who is orderly in the distribution of his time, takes 
 the proper method of escaping those manifold evils. He is 
 justly said to redeem the time. By proper management, he 
 prolongs it. He lives much in little space ; more in a few 
 years than others do in many. Blair. 
 
 EXERCISE VI. 
 
 The poet speaks thus: "There are two kinds of con- 
 tention, the one blameable and hateful, the strife of war and 
 litigation ; the other beneficial and praiseworthy, the compe- 
 tition of mechanics and artists. Avoid the first, O Perses ; 
 and strive not again through the injustice of judges to wrest 
 from me my own ; keep rather to the works of honest 
 industry. For the gods sent toil and misery among men, 
 when they banished Prometheus for stealing fire from 
 heaven, by sending Pandora to Epimetheus, from whose box 
 all evils were spread among mankind. We are now in the 
 fifth age of the world, the iron age, in which man must 
 perpetually contend with want and trouble. The city 
 where justice is practised, will alone flourish under the 
 protection of the gods. But to the city where wicked deeds 
 are done, Zeus sends famine and plague. Know, ye judges, 
 that ye are watched by myriads of Jove's immortal spirits, 
 and his own all-seeing eye is upon you. To the brutes have 
 the gods given the law of force, to men the law of justice. 
 Excellence is not to be acquired, O Perses, except by 
 the sweat of thy brow. Labour is pleasing to the gods, 
 and brings no shame ; honest industry alone brings lasting 
 satisfaction. Beware of wrongful acts: honour the gods : 
 hold fast good friends and good neighbours : be not misled 
 by an improvident wife ; and provide yourself with a plen- 
 tiful, but) not too numerous offspring, and you will be blessed 
 with prosperity." 
 
 E 
 
74 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV. 
 
 EXERCISE VII. 
 
 Although my opinion of the abilities of Aristotle as a 
 philosopher be very great, yet I have not the same opinion 
 of his candour and good faith. Even his own interpreters, 
 as I have said, accuse him of misrepresenting the opinions of 
 the philosophers before him, in order that he might have the 
 pleasure of refuting them. And I think we are obliged to 
 one of these commentators, Simplicius, for so often defending 
 those ancient philosophers against him, by whose labours 
 though he profited extremely, nay, more, I believe, than any 
 philosopher ever did by the labours of others, he is so un- 
 grateful as hardly ever to acknowledge it ; but, on the 
 contrary, arrogates to himself discoveries that were made by 
 them. Thus, as I have already observed, he would make the 
 reader believe that he was the first who maintained the 
 eternity of the world; and that all the philosophers who 
 went before him had asserted that motion had a beginning ; 
 whereas it is certain, from a work yet extant, that the 
 eternity of the world was a doctrine of the Pythagorean 
 school. And I think there is the greatest reason to believe 
 that it was maintained by all the philosophers before 
 Aristotle, without the exception even of his master, Plato. 
 There is a book, too, of another Pythagorean philosopher, 
 which, as I have said, he almost transcribed in his book on 
 "Generation and corruption;" nor has even Plato acted 
 with good faith towards the philosophers before him. 
 Monboddo. 
 
 EXERCISE VIII. 
 
 The burthen of proof lies heavily on those who tear to 
 pieces the whole frame and contexture of their country, that 
 they could find no other way of settling a government fit to 
 obtain its rational ends, except that which they have pursued 
 by means unfavourable to all the present happiness of 
 millions of people, and to the utter ruin of several hundreds 
 of thousands. In their political arrangements, men have no 
 
PART IV. IN LATIN PROSE. 75 
 
 right to put the well-being of the present generation wholly 
 out of the question. Perhaps the only moral trust with any 
 certainty in our hands, is the care of our own time. With 
 regard to futurity, we are to treat it like a ward. We are 
 not so to attempt an improvement of his fortune, as to put 
 the capital of his estate to any hazard. 
 
 It is not worth our while to discuss, like sophisters 
 whether, in no case, some evil, for the sake of some benefit, 
 is to be tolerated. Nothing universal can be rationally 
 affirmed on any moral, or any political subject. Pure meta- 
 physical abstraction does not belong to these matters. The 
 lines of morality are not like ideal lines of mathematics. 
 They are broad and deep, as well as long. They admit of 
 exceptions ; they demand modifications. These exceptions 
 and modifications are not made by the process of logic, but 
 by the rules of prudence. Prudence is not only the first in 
 rank of the virtues political and moral, but she is the 
 director, the regulator, the standard of them all. Metaphy- 
 sics cannot live without definition ; but prudence is cautious 
 how she defines. Our courts cannot be more fearful in suf- 
 fering fictitious cases to be brought before them for eliciting 
 their determination on a point of law, than prudent moralists 
 are in putting extreme and hazardous cases of conscience 
 upon emergencies not existing. Without attempting there- 
 fore to define, what never can be defined, the case of a 
 revolution in government, this, I think, may be safely 
 affirmed, that a sore and pressing evil is to be removed, and 
 that a good, great in its amount, and unequivocal in its 
 nature, must be probable almost to certainty, before the 
 inestimable price of our own morals, and the well-being of a 
 number of our fellow citizens is paid for a revolution. If 
 ever we ought to be economists even to parsimony, it is in 
 the voluntary production of evil. Every revolution contains 
 in it something of evil. Burke. 
 
 EXERCISE IX. 
 
 In spring the Roman army, consisting of five legions and 
 two thousand cavalry, sailed from the coast of Gaul in a fleet 
 
76 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV. 
 
 of more than eight hundred ships. At the sight of this 
 immense armament stretching across the channel, the Britons 
 retired with precipitation to the woods ; and the invaders 
 landed without opposition on the very same spot which they 
 had occupied the preceding year. Caesar immediately 
 inarched in pursuit of the natives, but was recalled the next 
 day by news of the disaster which had befallen his fleet. A 
 storm had arisen in the night, in which forty vessels were 
 totally lost, and many others driven on shore. To guard 
 against similar accidents, he ordered the remainder to be 
 dragged above the reach of the tide, and to be surrounded 
 with a fortification of earth. In this laborious task ten days 
 were employed, after which the invaders resumed their 
 march towards the interior of the country. Each day was 
 marked by some partial encounter, in which the natives 
 appear to have frequently obtained the advantage. It was 
 their policy to shun a general engagement. Divided into 
 small bodies, but stationed within hail of each other, they 
 watched the inarch of the enemy, cut off the stragglers, and 
 diligently improved every opportunity of annoyance. Their 
 principal warriors, who fought from chariots, extorted by 
 their skill and intrepidity the applause of the Romans. On 
 the most rapid descent, or the very brink of a precipice, they 
 guided their vehicles with as much safety as on the level 
 plain. No danger appalled them. They drove fearlessly 
 along the Roman line, espied every opportunity of breaking 
 the ranks of the enemy, and during the heat of the action 
 would run along the pole, leap on the ground, or regain their 
 feats, as the events of the moment seemed to demand. If 
 they despaired of success, they retired with rapidity ; if they 
 were pursued, they abandoned their chariots, and with their 
 pikes resisted on foot the charge of the cavalry. Lingard. 
 
 EXERCISE X. 
 
 It required all the art of Caesar to inflict any serious 
 injury on so active a foe. At length three of the legions 
 with all the cavalry were sent out to forage, and their appa- 
 rent disorder invited the Britons to attack them with their 
 
PART IV. IN LATIN PliOSE. 77 
 
 whole force. Descending from the hills, they poured through 
 every. opening, and penetrated as far as the eagles; but the 
 veterans received them with coolness ; the cavalry pursued 
 them in their flight, and few were able to regain the moun- 
 tains and woods. Dispirited by this check, many of the 
 confederate tribes retired to their homes; and Cassibelan, 
 king of the Cassii, the chief of the allies, was left to support 
 the whole pressure of the war. 
 
 By repeated victories over his neighbours, Cassibelan had 
 acquired high renown among the natives. The tribes on the 
 right bank of the Thames had invited him to place himself 
 at their head ; and his conduct during the war seems to have 
 justified the selection. Deserted by his confederates, he 
 retreated into his own territories, that he might place the 
 Thames between himself and his pursuers. At the only ford 
 he ordered sharp stakes to be fixed in the bed of the river ; 
 lined the left bank with palisades; and stationed behind 
 these the principal part of his army. But the advance of 
 the Romans was not to be retarded by artificial difficulties. 
 The cavalry, without hesitation, plunged into the river ; the 
 infantry followed, though the water reached to their 
 shoulders; and the Britons, intimidated by the intrepid 
 aspect of the invaders, fled to the woods. Lingard. 
 
 EXERCISE XL 
 
 The imprudence of the emperor was manifested by the 
 mode of his death. When he and his army had passed the 
 river which separates the Persian from the Roman dominions, 
 he burnt his ships, in order that the soldiery might fight, not 
 by persuasion, but by compulsion. The most distinguished 
 commanders have always inspired their troops with alacrity, 
 and when discouragements have arisen, they have roused 
 their expectations, and animated their hopes. But this 
 emperor, on the contrary, discouraged his soldiers by burning 
 the vessels, and destroying their hopes of returning to their 
 own country. In addition to this act of imprudence, the 
 wise emperor neglected to provide the requisite supplies of 
 food for his army ; for he neither directed provisions to be 
 
 E 3 
 
78 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV. 
 
 brought from the provinces of his own empire, nor did he 
 take measures to obtain them by making depredations on 
 the enemy's territories. He led his troops far away from 
 all inhabited places, and made them march through a desert. 
 Oppressed by hunger and by thirst, and without any efficient 
 guide, the soldiers were compelled to wander about in the 
 desert, through the imprudence of this wisest of emperors. 
 In the very midst of their consequent complaints and lamen- 
 tations, they beheld him who was madly contending with 
 his Creator fall down wounded : he was unaided by the 
 warlike Mars who had promised his support ; unassisted by 
 Apollo who had given so false and perplexing an oracle ; 
 and even Jove' the Thunderer did not hurl one of his 
 thunderbolts against him by whom he was slain. Thus 
 were his threats overthrown, and shown to be vain. No one 
 knows even to this day by whom this mortal blow, which he 
 had so justly deserved, was inflicted. Some say that it was 
 by one of the invisible order of beings, others that it was by 
 the hand of an individual belonging to one of the nomadic 
 tribes generally called Ishmaelites ; others say that he was 
 killed by a soldier reduced to despair by hunger, and by 
 wandering in the desert. But whether the sword were that 
 of an angel or of a man, certain it is that whoever committed 
 the deed was but the instrument of the Divine will. It is 
 said that directly after he had received the wound, Julian 
 took some of the blood in his hand, and threw it up towards 
 heaven, saying, " Galilean ! thou hast conquered ! " So 
 great was his stupidity, that thus, at one and the same 
 instant, he acknowledged his defeat, and gave utterance to 
 blasphemy. Tkeodoret, iii. 25. 
 
 EXERCISE XII. 
 
 It is a hard and disputable choice for a king that loves 
 his people and desires their love, either to kill his own sub- 
 jects, or to be killed by them. 
 
 Are the hazards and miseries of civil war in the bowels 
 of my most flourishing kingdom, the fruits I must now reap 
 after so many years living and reigning among them, 
 
PART IV. IN LATIN PROSE. 79 
 
 with such a measure of justice, peace, plenty, and religion, as 
 all nations about either admired or envied ? notwithstand- 
 ing some miscarriages in government which might escape, 
 rather through ill counsel of some men driving on their pri 
 vate ends, or the peevishness of others envying the publiquo 
 should be managed without them, or the hidden and insu- 
 perable necessities of state, than any propensity (I hope) 
 of myself, either to injuriousness or oppression. Eikon 
 Basilice. 
 
 EXERCISE XIII. 
 
 In matters so ridiculous, it is hard to be grave. On a 
 view of their consequences, it is almost inhuman to treat 
 them lightly. To what a state of savage, stupid, servile in- 
 sensibility must your people be reduced, who can endure 
 such proceedings in their church, their state, and their judi- 
 cature, even for a moment ! But the deluded people of 
 France are like other madmen, who, to a miracle, bear hun- 
 ger, and thirst, and cold, and confinement, and the chains 
 and lash of their keeper, whilst all the while they support 
 themselves by the imagination that they are generals of 
 armies, prophets, kings, and emperors. As to a change of 
 mind in these men, who consider infamy as honour, degra- 
 dation as preferment, bondage to low tyrants as liberty, and 
 the practical scorn and contumely of their upstart masters, 
 as marks of respect and homage, I look upon it as absolutely 
 impracticable. These madmen, to be cured, must first, like 
 other madmen, be subdued. The sound part of the commu- 
 nity, which I believe to be large, but by no means the 
 largest part, has been taken by surprise, and is disjointed, 
 terrified, and disarmed. That sound part of the community 
 must first be put into a better condition, before it can do any 
 thing in the way of deliberation or persuasion. This must 
 be an act of power, as well as of wisdom ; of power, in the 
 hands of firm, determined patriots, who can distinguish the 
 misled from traitors, and who will regulate the state (if such 
 should be their fortune), with a discriminating, manly, and 
 provident mercy. Burke. 
 
 E 4 
 
80 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV. 
 
 EXERCISE XIV. 
 
 If I were to pray for a taste which should stand me in 
 stead under every variety of circumstance, and be a source of 
 happiness and cheerfulness to me through life, and a shield 
 against its ills, however things might go amiss, and the world 
 frown upon me, it would be a taste for reading. I speak of 
 it, of course, only as a worldly advantage, and not in the 
 slightest degree as superseding or derogating from the higher 
 office and surer and stronger panoply of religious principles 
 but as a taste, an instrument, and a mode of pleasurable 
 gratification. Give a man this taste, and the means of gra- 
 tifying it, and you can hardly fail of making a happy man, 
 unless, indeed, you put into his hands a most perverse 
 selection of books. You place him in contact with the best 
 society in every period of history with the wisest, the 
 wittiest with the tenderest, the bravest, and the purest 
 characters who have adorned humanity. You make him a 
 denizen of all nations a contemporary of all ages. The 
 world has been created for him. It is hardly possible but 
 the character should take a higher and better tone from the 
 constant habit of associating in thought with a class of 
 thinkers, to say the least of it, above the average of hu- 
 manity. It is morally impossible but that the manners should 
 take a tinge of good breeding and civilization from having 
 constantly before one's eyes the way in which the best-bred 
 and the best-informed men have talked and conducted them- 
 selves in their intercourse with each other. There is a 
 gentle, but perfectly irresistible coercion in a habit of reading 
 well directed, over the whole tenor of a man's character and 
 conduct, which is not the less effectual because it works insen- 
 sibly, and because it is really the best thing he dreams of. 
 It civilizes the conduct of men, and suffers them not to remain 
 barbarous. Sir J. Herschel. 
 
 EXERCISE XV. 
 
 Nature is often hidden, sometimes overcome, seldom ex- 
 tinguished. Force maketh nature more violent in the return; 
 
PART IV. IN LATIN PROSE. 81 
 
 doctrine and discourse maketh nature less importune ; but 
 custom only doth alter and subdue nature. He that seeketh 
 victory over his nature, let him not. set himself too great nor 
 too small tasks : for the first will make him dejected by often 
 failing, and the second will make him a small proceeder, 
 though often prevailing. Bacon. 
 
 EXERCISE XVI. 
 
 Maecenas was of a different opinion : to him the scheme 
 of abdication appeared more brilliant than prudent ; and he 
 strenuously maintained that it would prove fatal to all parties. 
 Were Augustus to descend to the condition of private life, 
 his death would be sought and easily procured by his enemies ; 
 while, on the other hand, considering the violent storms 
 which had lately shaken the republic, and looking over 
 the broad extent of the Roman dominions, it was evident 
 that Rome could no longer subsist without a monarch. 
 
 Augustus having patiently heard his friends, and thanked 
 them for their advice, determined to follow the opinion of 
 Maecenas, without entirely rejecting that of Agrippa. He 
 accordingly retained the sovereign power, but would not 
 assume the title and insignia of a king, contenting himself 
 with the name of imperator, a title which was frequently 
 given to commanders of armies after a signal victory. His 
 object was to effect a real change, and yet apparently to pre- 
 serve the ancient form of government. The consuls and 
 other public officers were appointed as regularly as before, 
 and although subordinate and accountable to Augustus, 
 exercised the same functions which they had to perform in 
 the days of the Commonwealth. He also divided the pro- 
 vinces between himself and the Senate, to which body he 
 assigned the nearest, as being the most peaceable ; but 
 reserved for himself such as were more exposed to the 
 attacks of an enemy. He thus concentrated in himself the 
 whole military power, by holding the command of the stand- 
 ing troops, which were stationed in those provinces only that 
 were liable to invasion. 
 
 Notwithstanding the doubtful character of these measures, 
 the use which Augustus mde of his great authority was 
 
 E 5 
 
PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV. 
 
 truly beneficial to the Romans. " After twenty years' con- 
 tinuance," says Velleius Paterculus, " the civil contest 
 ended, foreign wars ceased, peace was re-established, hos- 
 tilities were everywhere quelled ; vigour was restored to the 
 laws, authority to the tribunals. The fields were again 
 cultivated ; sacred things were respected, and the lives and 
 property of the citizens placed in a state of security." Nor 
 did Rome and Italy alone reap the fruits of these happy im- 
 provements. The several provinces, before distracted by 
 civil wars, or plundered and harassed by the avidity of their 
 governors, now began to recover from all those evils, and to 
 enjoy their former prosperity. Fredet. 
 
 EXERCISE XVII. 
 
 But the age of chivalry is gone. That of sophisters, 
 economists, and calculators has succeeded ; and the glory of 
 Europe is extinguished for ever. Never, never more, shall 
 we behold that generous loyalty to rank and sex, that proud 
 submission, that dignified obedience, that subordination of 
 the heart, which kept alive, even in servitude itself, the spirit 
 of an exalted freedom. The unbought grace of life, the 
 cheap defence of nations, the nurse of manly sentiment and 
 heroic enterprise is gone! It is gone, that sensibility of 
 principle, that chastity of honour, which felt a stain like a 
 wound, which inspired courage whilst it mitigated ferocity, 
 which ennobled whatever it touched, and under which vice 
 itself lost half its evil, by losing all its grossness. Burke. 
 
 EXERCISE XVIII. 
 
 But Scipio could not be like Csesar. His mind rose above 
 the state of things around him ; his spirit was solitary and 
 kingly; he was cramped by living among those as his equals 
 whom he felt fitted to guide as from some higher sphere : 
 
PART IV. IN LATIN PROSE. 83 
 
 and he retired at last to Liternumto breathe freely, to enjoy 
 the simplicity of childhood, since he could not fulfil his 
 natural calling of being a hero king. So far he stood apart 
 from his countrymen, admired, reverenced, but not loved. 
 But he could not shake off all the influences of his time ; the 
 virtue, public and private, which still existed at Rome, the 
 reverence paid by the wisest and best men to the religion of 
 their fathers, were elements too congenial to his nature, not 
 to retain their hold on it : they cherished that nobleness of 
 soul in him, and that faith in the invisible and divine, which 
 two centuries of growing unbelief rendered impossible in the 
 days of Caesar. Arnolds Rome, iii., p. 384. 
 
 EXERCISE XIX. 
 
 Homer has left us many pictures of his heroes in their 
 hours of relaxation with the goblet circulating. It has indeed 
 been very anciently observed, that he shows himself strongly 
 disposed to social and convivial enjoyment. Horace has 
 aggravated the remark into a reproach. Yet allowing for 
 the peculiarities of the manners of the heroic ages, most of 
 which are still found in the east, there is great elegance in 
 Homer's convivial meetings. Once he makes express mention 
 of drunkenness : but the anecdote forms a strong lesson to 
 deter from that vice ; showing, by a terrible example, that 
 persons of the highest rank and most respectable character, 
 if they yield to intemperance, reduce themselves for the time 
 to a level with the lowest and most profligate, and are liable 
 to every indignity. But at the feasts of the great the song 
 of the bard seldom failed to make a principal part of the en- 
 tertainment. The bard indeed seems to have been a person 
 of importance in the household establishment of every 
 wealthy chief. His knowledge and memory, in the defi- 
 ciency of books, were to supply the place of a library : his 
 skill in music and poetry were to convey the instruction in 
 the most agreeable manner, and inform, even when pleasure 
 was the only apparent object. In one instance Homer at- 
 tributes extraordinary authority to the bard, -ZEgistheus 
 could not accomplish his purpose of possessing himself of the 
 
 E 6 
 
84 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV. 
 
 person of Clytemnestra and the principal sway in the Argian 
 government, till he had removed the bard whom Agamemnon 
 had appointed to be chief counsellor to the queen in his ab- 
 sence. Mitford. 
 
 EXERCISE XX. 
 
 The fame of this princess, though it has surmounted the 
 prejudices both of faction and of bigotry, yet lies still exposed 
 to another prejudice, which is more durable, because more 
 natural ; and which, according to the different views in which 
 we survey her, is capable either of exalting beyond measure, 
 or of diminishing, the lustre of her character. This prejudice 
 is founded on the consideration of her sex. When we contem- 
 plate her as a woman, we are apt to be struck with the 
 highest admiration of her qualities and extensive capa- 
 city ; but we are also apt to require some more softness of 
 disposition, some greater lenity of temper, some of those 
 amiable weaknesses by which her sex is distinguished. But 
 the true method of estimating her merit is to lay aside all 
 these considerations, and to consider her merely as a rational 
 being, placed in authority, and intrusted with the government 
 of mankind. Hume. 
 
 EXERCISE XXL 
 
 But no dissertation upon the historical researches or stylo 
 of Herodotus, oan convey an idea of the impression made by 
 reading his work. To those who have read it, all description 
 is superfluous. It is like hearing a person speak who has 
 seen and lived through an infinite variety of the most 
 remarkable things ; and whose great delight consists in re- 
 calling the images of the past, and perpetuating the remem- 
 brance of them.^ He had eager yet unwearied listeners who 
 were not impatient to arrive at the end ; and he could com- 
 
PART IV. IN LATIN PROSE. 85 
 
 plete every separate portion of the history, as if it were an 
 independent narrative. In this manner the stream of his 
 language flows on with charming facility. And with all its 
 defects, his language must be considered as the perfection of 
 the Xeie clpopevri, the only style cultivated by his predeces- 
 sors, the logographers. To these we must add the tone of the 
 Ionic dialect, which Herodotus, although by birth a Dorian, 
 adopted partly from the old historians, and partly from his 
 long residence in the Ionic colony of Samos, where he had 
 taken refuge from the tyranny of Lygdamis, the grandson 
 of Artemisia. 
 
 EXERCISE XXII. 
 
 Natural philosophy, in the largest sense of the expression, 
 is too wide a field for you to undertake : but the study of 
 nature, as far as may suit your powers and opportunities, you 
 will find a most sublime entertainment : the objects of this 
 study are all the stupendous works of the Almighty hand, 
 that lie within the reach of our observation. In the works 
 of man perfection is aimed at ; but it can only be found in 
 those of the Creator. The contemplation of perfection must 
 produce delight, and every natural object around you would 
 offer this delight, if it could attract. your attention. If you 
 survey the earth, every leaf that trembles in the breeze, 
 every blade of grass beneath your feet, is a wonder as abso- 
 lutely beyond the reach of human art to imitate, as the 
 construction of the universe. Endless pleasures to those who 
 have a taste for them might be derived from the endless 
 variety to be found in the composition of this globe and its 
 inhabitants. The fossil, the vegetable, and the animal 
 world, gradually rising in the scale of excellence, the innu- 
 merable species of each, still preserving their specific differ- 
 ences from age to age, yet of which no two individuals are 
 ever perfectly alike, afford such a range for observation and 
 inquiry as might engross the whole term of our short life, if 
 followed minutely. Besides all the animal creation obvious 
 to our unassisted senses, the eye, aided by philosophical in- 
 ventions, sees myriads of creatures, which by the ignorant 
 
86 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PAJRT IV. 
 
 are not known to have existence : it sees all nature teem with 
 life ; every fluid, each part of every vegetable and animal 
 swarms with its peculiar inhabitants, invisible to the naked 
 eye, but as perfect in all their parts, and enjoying life as in^ 
 disputably as the elephant or the whale. Chapone. 
 
 EXERCISE XXIII. 
 
 But if, from the earth, and from these minute wonders, the 
 philosophic eye is raised towards the heavens ; what a stu- 
 pendous scene there opens to his view ! Those brilliant 
 lights that sparkle to the eye of ignorance as gems adorning 
 the sky, or as lamps to guide the traveller by night, assume 
 an importance that amazes the understanding! they appear 
 to be worlds, formed like ours, for a variety of inhabitants, 
 or suns, enlightening numberless other worlds too distant 
 for our discovery ! I shall ever remember the astonishment 
 and rapture with which my mind received this idea, when I 
 was about your age : it was then perfectly new to me, and 
 it is impossible to describe the sensation I felt from the glo- 
 rious, boundless prospect of infinite beneficence bursting at 
 once upon my imagination ! Who can contemplate such a 
 scene unmoved ? If our curiosity is excited to enter upon 
 this noble inquiry, a few books on the subject, and those of 
 the easiest sort, with some of the common experiments, may 
 be sufficient for your purpose, which is, to enlarge your 
 mind, and to excite in it the most ardent gratitude and 
 profound adoration towards that great and good Being, 
 who exerts his boundless power in communicating various 
 portions of happiness through all the immense regions of 
 creation. 
 
 Moral philosophy, as it relates to human actions, is of still 
 higher importance than the study of nature. The works of 
 the ancients on this subject are universally said to be enter- 
 taining as well as instructive, by those who can read them in 
 their original languages ; and such of them as are well trans- 
 lated will undoubtedly, some years hence, afford you great 
 pleasure and improvement. You will also find many agreeable 
 and useful books, written originally in French, and in Eng- 
 
PART IV. IN LATIN PROSE. 87 
 
 lish, on morals and manners : for the present there are 
 works, which, without assuming the solemn air of philosophy, 
 will enlighten your mind on these subjects, and introduce 
 instruction in an easier dress. Chapone. 
 
 EXERCISE XXIV. 
 
 Homer's poetry was particularly recommended to the 
 Greeks by the superiority which he ascribes to them over the 
 Asiatics : this superiority is shown in the Iliad, not only in 
 the conquest of Asia by the Greeks, and in the actual de- 
 struction of its capital, but in the division and arrange- 
 ment of the gods, who took part with the contending nations. 
 On the side of Asia was Venus, that is, sensual passion, 
 pleasure, and effeminacy. On the side of Greece was Juno, 
 that is, matronly gravity and conjugal love ; together 
 with Mercury, invention and eloquence ; and Jupiter, or 
 political wisdom. On the side of Asia was Mars, who re- 
 presents brutal valour and blind fury. On that of Greece 
 was Pallas, that is, military discipline and bravery, guarded 
 by judgment. Chapone. 
 
 EXERCISE XXV. 
 
 There is a certain innate loveliness in religion, which is 
 better felt than expressed, which exceeds all description : 
 amiable in itself, though it were never admired ; deserving 
 all encouragement, though by all disregarded ; claiming 
 esteem even from the profligate ; extorting from them praise, 
 even in their detraction ; while it excites in them envy, 
 from its superiority ; as it kindles in them a secret love for 
 it, which they would as openly avow, but that it would give 
 the lie to their manners, and would as openly practise, did 
 they but imagine it as easy, as vice. For who would be in 
 love with beggary, could he as easily, by frugality, preserve 
 his estate, as, by prodigality, ruin it ? who would choose in- 
 famy and disrespect, could he purchase the good opinion of 
 
88 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV. 
 
 mankind by anything but temperance and a right conduct ? 
 and who would not choose even temperance for the sake of 
 his health ; frugality, for the sake of his fortune ; justice, for 
 the sake of peace ; and religion for the sake of them all ? 
 But that evil communications have gradually corrupted good 
 manners, we come to like, or, if not that, by a kind of neces- 
 sity, for want of other pleasures and better notions, to pursue 
 what before we detested ; and should again like, could we as 
 easily divest ourselves of ill habits as we, at first acquired 
 them. For who would not choose his appetites should be in 
 subjection to his judgment? Who would not rather be 
 governed by reason than passion ? Who would not prefer the 
 endless satisfaction of conscience to the pleasures of sin for a 
 season ; a rational freedom to brutal tyranny ; or forego the 
 present gratifications of sense for those expected hereafter, 
 and superior in degree and exquisiteness, as in extent and 
 duration? The shortness and the emptiness of all other 
 pursuits and studies will sufficiently evince the folly and the 
 fallacy of those who are enslaved by, who are bigoted to, 
 them. For fescue. 
 
 EXERCISE XXVI. 
 
 In the case of real injuries, which justify and call for re- 
 sentment, there is a noble and generous kind of anger, a 
 proper and necessary part of our nature, which has nothing 
 in it sinful or degrading. I would not wish you insensible 
 to this : for the person who feels not an injury must be in- 
 capable of being properly affected by benefits. With those 
 who treat you ill without provocation, you ought to maintain 
 your own dignity : but in order to do this, whilst you show 
 a sense of their improper behaviour, you must preserve 
 calmness, and even good breeding, and thereby convince 
 them of the impotence as well as injustice of their malice. 
 You must also weigh every circumstance with candour and 
 charity, and consider whether your showing the resentment 
 deserved may not produce ill consequences to innocent per- 
 sons, as is almost always the case in family quarrels ; and 
 whether it may not occasion the breach of some duty, or 
 
PART IV. IN LATIN PROSE. 89 
 
 necessary connection, to which you ought to sacrifice even 
 your just resentments. Above all things, take care that a 
 particular offence to you does not make you unjust to the 
 general character of the offending person. Generous anger 
 does not preclude esteem for whatever is really estimable, 
 nor does it destroy good-will to the person of its object : it 
 even inspires the desire of overcoming him by benefits, and 
 wishes to inflict no other punishment than the regret of 
 having injured one who deserved his kindness : it is always 
 placable, and ready to be reconciled, as soon as the offender 
 is convinced of his error; nor can any subsequent injury 
 provoke it to recur to past disobligations, which had been 
 once forgiven. But it is, perhaps, unnecessary to give rules 
 for this case. The consciousness of injured innocence natu- 
 rally produces dignity, and usually prevents excess of anger. 
 Our passion is most unruly when we are conscious of blame, 
 and when we apprehend that we have laid ourselves open to 
 contempt. Where we know we have been wrong, the least 
 injustice in the degree of blame imputed to us excites our 
 bitterest resentment ; but where we know ourselves faultless, 
 the sharpest accusation excites pity or contempt rather than 
 rage. Whenever, therefore, you feel yourself very angry, 
 suspect yourself to be in the wrong, and resolve to stand the 
 decision of your own conscience before you cast upon another 
 the punishment which is, perhaps, due to yourself. This 
 self-examination will at least give you time to cool, and, if 
 you are just, will dispose you to balance your own wrong 
 with that of your antagonist, and to settle the account with 
 him on equal terms. Chapone. 
 
 EXERCISE XXVII. 
 
 Before they attempt to show this progression of their 
 favourite work, from absolute pravity to finished perfection, 
 they will find themselves engaged in a civil war with those 
 whose cause they maintain. What ! alter our sublime con- 
 stitution, the glory of France, the envy of the world, the 
 pattern for mankind, the master-piece of legislation, the col- 
 lected and concentrated glory of this enlightened age ! 
 
90 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV 
 
 Have we not produced it ready made and ready armed, 
 mature in its birth, a perfect goddess of wisdom and of war, 
 hammered by our blacksmith midwives out of the brain of 
 Jupiter himself? Have we not sworn our devout, profane, 
 believing infidel people to an allegiance to this goddess, even 
 before she had burst the dura mater, and as yet existed only 
 in embryo ? Have we not solemnly declared this constitution 
 unalterable by any future legislature ? Have we not bound 
 it on posterity for ever, though our abettors have declared 
 that no one generation is competent to bind another ? Have 
 we not obliged the members of every future assembly to 
 qualify themselves for their seats by swearing to its conser- 
 vation ? Burke. 
 
 EXERCISE XXVHL 
 
 It is by his poetry that Milton is best known ; and it is 
 of his poetry that we wish first to speak. By the general 
 suffrage of the civilized world, his place has been assigned 
 among the greatest masters of the art. His detractors, how- 
 ever, though outvoted, have not been silenced. There are 
 many critics, and some of great name, who contrive in the 
 same breath to extol the poems and to decry the poet. The 
 works they acknowledge, considered in themselves, may be 
 classed among the noblest productions of the human mind. 
 But they will not allow the author to rank with those great 
 men who, born in the infancy of civilization, supplied, 
 by their own powers, the want of instruction, and, though 
 destitute of models themselves, bequeathed to posterity 
 models which defy imitation. Milton, it is said, inherited 
 what his predecessors created ; he lived in an enlightened 
 age ; he received a finished education ; and we must therefore, 
 if we would form a just estimate of his powers, make large 
 deductions in consideration of these advantages. 
 
 We venture to say, on the contrary, paradoxical as the 
 remark may appear, that no poet has ever had to struggle 
 with more unfavourable circumstances than Milton. He 
 doubted, as he has himself owned, whether he had not been 
 born " an age too late." For this notion Johnson has thought 
 
PART IV. IN LATIN PROSE. 91 
 
 fit to make him the butt of much clumsy ridicule. The poet, 
 we believe, understood the nature of his art better than the 
 critic. He knew that his poetical genius derived no ad- 
 vantage from the civilization which surrounded him, or 
 from the learning which he had acquired ; and he looked 
 back with something like regret to the ruder age of simple 
 words and vivid impressions. 
 
 We think that, as civilization advances, poetry almost 
 necessarily declines. Therefore, though we fervently admire 
 those great works of imagination which have appeared in 
 dark ages, we do not admire them the more because they have 
 appeared in dark ages. On the contrary, we hold that the 
 most wonderful'and splendid proof of genius is a great poem 
 produced in a civilized age. We cannot understand why 
 those who believe that the earliest poets are generally the 
 best, should wonder at the rule as if it were the exception. 
 Macaulay. 
 
 EXERCISE XXIX. 
 
 One signal advantage possessed by a mind of this character 
 is, that its passions are not wanted. The whole measure of 
 passion of which any one, with important transactions before 
 him, is capable, is not more than enough to supply interest 
 and energy for the required practical exertions : therefore, 
 as little as possible of this costly frame should be expended 
 in a way that does not augment the force of action. But 
 nothing can less contribute, or be more destructive, to vigour 
 of action than protracted anxious fluctuation, through re- 
 solutions adopted, rejected, resumed, suspended ; while yet 
 nothing causes a greater expense of feeling. The heart is 
 fretted and exhausted by being subjected to an alternation 
 of contrary excitements, with the ultimate mortifying con- 
 sciousness of their contributing to no end. Forster's Essays. 
 
92 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV. 
 
 EXERCISE XXX. 
 
 For that wit and parts of which men make such osten- 
 tation are but natural endowments, commendable only in order 
 to use, apt to engender pride and vanity, and hugely dangerous 
 if perverted or misemployed. Why should I mention beauty, 
 that fading toy ? or bodily strength and activity, qualities so 
 palpably inconsiderable ? Upon those and such like objects, 
 so adored by vulgar opinion, wisdom, exercising a severe 
 and impartial judgment, and perceiving in them no intrinsic 
 excellence, no solid content springing from them, no high 
 reward allotted to them, no future security or other durable 
 advantages springing from them ; it concludes that they de- 
 serve not any high opinion (of the mind), not any vehement 
 passion of the soul, nor any laborious care to be employed 
 on them : it moderates our affections towards them ; it frees 
 
 us from anxious desire of them, and from being transported 
 with excessive joy at the acquisition of them, or with sorrow 
 at parting with them : and so delivering us from all those 
 unquiet anxieties of thought, these perturbations of passion, 
 and tedious vexations of body, it maintains our minds in a 
 cheerful, calm, and comfortable liberty. Barrow. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXI. 
 
 While, beholding this vast expanse, I learn my own ex- 
 treme meanness, I would also discover the abject littleness of 
 all terrestrial things. What is the earth, with all her osten- 
 tatious scenes, compared with this astonishingly grand furni- 
 ture of the skies ? What, but a dim speck, hardly perceivable 
 in a map of the universe ? It is observed by a very judicious 
 writer, that if the sun himself, which enlightens this part of 
 the creation, were extinguished, and all the host of planetary 
 worlds which move about him were annihilated, they would 
 not be missed by an eye, that can take in the whole compass 
 of nature, any more than a grain of sand upon the sea-shore. 
 The bulk of which they consist, and the space which they 
 
PART IV. IN LATIN PROSE. 93 
 
 occupy, are so exceedingly little in comparison of" the whole, 
 that their loss would scarcely leave a blank in the immensity 
 of God's works. If then, not our globe only, but this whole 
 system, be so very diminutive, what is a kingdom or a 
 country ? What are a few lordships, or the so much ad- 
 mired patrimonies of those who are styled wealthy ? When 
 I measure them with my own little pittance, they swell into 
 proud and bloated dimensions : but when I take the universe 
 for my standard, how scanty is their size ! how contemptible 
 their figure ! They shrink into pompous nothings. Addison. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXII. 
 
 A reflection of the bright and the dark side of this picture 
 of man may, possibly, give us still juster notions ; and, on 
 comparison of the one with the other, a true estimate of the 
 goods and evils of life ; and, consequently, better notions of 
 our present state than, in a hurry of business, or pleasure, 
 or in any pressing or any prosperous circumstances, we are 
 apt to receive ; and teach us to set a proper value on the 
 one, and make a due improvement from the other. 
 
 Here is no such thing as absolute perfection. All life is 
 progressive, still aiming at something above and beyond it. 
 All is chequered ; every character is of a mixed nature : 
 every landscape has its beauties and deformities, its smooth 
 and rugged parts ; its straight paths and its obliquities. Not 
 always the fairest is the most profitable region, nor the most 
 delightful spot the best cultivated or most fertile. 
 
 Every thing is double, and has two kinds of uses : every 
 tiling is contrasted : and the more uncomely parts set off 
 the more comely. The same holds in the political as well 
 as natural state of things. Some, as under parts, are 
 necessary to and support the higher; all equally useful in 
 their respective situations, mutually depending on, sub- 
 servient to, and sustaining each other. Fortescue. 
 
94 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV 
 
 EXERCISE XXXIII. 
 
 A clear knowledge of their duty was wanting to the 
 heathens : this part of knowledge, though cultivated with 
 care by some of the pagan philosophers, yet got little footing 
 among the people : for very few went to their schools to be 
 informed what was good or evil in their actions. All men, 
 indeed, under pain of displeasing the gods, were to frequent 
 their temples, and every one went to their sacrifices ; but the 
 priests did not make it their business to teach the people 
 virtue. If they were diligent in their observations and 
 ceremonies, punctual in their feasts and solemnities and the 
 forms of religion, the priests assured them that the gods were 
 pleased, and they looked no further. Heeren. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXIV. 
 
 If I should write of men of mean calling in this world, my 
 discourse would be too tedious : wherefore it shall suffice 
 to speak of men of great estate, because in them the power 
 and justice of God is most apparent. What is the reason, 
 then, that God showeth his justice rather upon princes 
 and great men than on men of low degree ? Because mean 
 and poor men find enough in this world to punish them 
 when they offend; yea, oftentimes they are punished with- 
 out desert, either for example's sake, or for their own good, 
 or peradventure through the judge's fault ; sometimes also 
 they deserve punishment, and then it is reason that justice 
 be done. But as touching great princes and their governors 
 and counsellors ; again as touching provinces and towns, 
 rebellious and disobedient to their princes and governors, 
 who will search out their lives? Who will inform the judge 
 of their actions ? What judge will take notice thereof? or who 
 will punish their faults ? I speak of the evil, not of the good ; 
 but few there are of those. What is the cause, then, that 
 induceth both them and all others above rehearsed, and many 
 more, which for brevity I overpass, not regarding the power 
 
PART IV. IN LATIN PROSE. 95 
 
 and justice of God ? I answer that it is lack of faith ; and 
 in those that are ignorant, lack of wit and faith together, but 
 especially of faith, which in my opinion is the only fountain 
 of all mischiefs. Bacon. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXV. 
 
 The character of this prince, as that of most, if not of all, 
 men, was mixed : but his virtues predominated extremely 
 above his vices, or, more properly speaking, his imperfec- 
 tions, for scarce any of his faults rose to that pitch as to 
 merit the appellation of vices. To consider him in the most 
 favourable light, it may be affirmed that his dignity was free 
 from pride, his humanity from weakness, his bravery from 
 rashness, his temperance from austerity, his frugality from 
 avarice : all these virtues in him maintained their proper 
 bounds, and merited unreserved praise. To speak the most 
 harshly of him, we may affirm that many of his good qualities 
 were attended with some latent frailty, which, though seem- 
 ingly inconsiderable, was able, when seconded by the ex- 
 treme malevolence of his fortune, to disappoint them of all 
 their influence : his beneficent disposition was clouded by 
 a manner not very gracious; his virtue was tinctured by 
 superstition ; his good sense was disfigured by a deference 
 to persons of a capacity inferior to his own ; and his mode- 
 rate temper exempted him not from hasty and precipitate 
 resolutions ; he deserves the epithet of a good rather than of 
 a great man ; and was more fitted to rule in a regular estab- 
 lished government than either to give way to the encroach- 
 ments of a popular assembly, or finally to subdue their pre- 
 tensions. He wanted suppleness and dexterity sufficient for 
 the first measure ; he was not endowed with the vigour re- 
 quisite for the second Hume. 
 
96 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXVI. 
 
 The physical bounds which separate nations from each 
 other, and which in so remarkable a degree preserve the 
 unity of nations themselves, must appear to the observer as 
 laid down by the laws of Providence. The sea, or rivers of 
 great magnitude, are the general limits, at least to some'part 
 of many large countries : and the great power of separation 
 which is thus afforded them is very favourable to their pro- 
 sperity. Among many other uses, those limits serve to keep 
 states from unwise endeavours to enlarge their territory: 
 they remove from their sight all foreign customs and tempt- 
 ations ; and aid them in repelling the invasions of their 
 enemies. And all these dangers are to be feared by great 
 states. The first proved the ruin of Croesus and his Lydian 
 dynasty : the second to the great and glorious constitution, 
 of Sparta; while the third must always be incident to a 
 state which is not strongly fortified by natural position. 
 
 A maritime situation has in almost all ages been esteemed 
 the best adapted to the increase of national prosperity. To 
 this have wise men of all times and countries looked ; and 
 truly upon the minds of the greatest men of Athens was 
 stamped the opinion that the sea, and the sea alone, could 
 bring their state to perfection, well-based though it was in 
 the foundations of its laws and constitution. This was the 
 opinion of Themistocles, of Pericles, and Alcibiades. And 
 the example of Athens in the Persian war shows how ready 
 the people were to forego the safety of their homes and 
 houses, in order to ensure the preservation of their ships and 
 of their states. Heeren. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXVII. 
 
 My Lords, at this awful close, in the name of the House 
 of Commons and surrounded by them, I attest the retiring, I 
 attest the advancing generations, between which, as a link 
 in the great chain of eternal order, we stand* We call this 
 
PART IV. 
 
 IN LATIN PRO&E, 97 
 
 nation, we call the world to witness, that the Commons have 
 shrunk from no labour, that we have been guilty of no pre- 
 varication ; that we have made no compromise with crime ; 
 that we have not feared any odium whatsover, in the long 
 warfare which we have carried on with the crimes with the 
 vices with the exorbitant wealth with the enormous and 
 overpowering influence of Eastern corruption. This war, 
 my lords, we have waged for twenty-two years, and the con- 
 flict has been fought at your lordships' bar for the last seven 
 years. My lords, twenty-two years is a great space in the 
 scale of the life of man : it is no inconsiderable space in the 
 history of a great nation. Burke. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXVIII. 
 
 I suppose you will wonder at the present trouble from one 
 who is a perfect stranger to you, though you are not so to 
 him ; but I hope the occasion will excuse my boldness. I 
 have made it, sir, my business, ever since I thought myself 
 capable of such sort of reasoning, to prove to myself the 
 being and attributes of God. And being sensible that it is a 
 matter of the last consequence, I endeavoured after a demon- 
 strative proof, not only more fully to satisfy my own mind, 
 but also in order to defend the great truths of natural reli- 
 gion, and those of the Christian revelation which follow from 
 them, against all opposers : but must own with concern, that 
 hitherto I have been unsuccessful ; and though I have got 
 very probable arguments, yet I can go but a very little 
 way with demonstration in the proof of those things. 
 When first your book on those subjects (which by all 
 whom I have discoursed with, is so justly esteemed) was 
 recommended to me, I was in great hopes of having all my 
 inquiries answered. But since in some places, either through 
 my not understanding your meaning, or what else I know 
 not, even that has failed me, I almost despair of ever arriving 
 to such a satisfaction as I aim at, unless by the method I now 
 use. You cannot but know, sir, that of two different ex- 
 pressions of the same thing, though equally clear to some 
 persons, yet to others one of them is sometimes very obscure, 
 
98 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV. 
 
 though the other be perfectly intelligible. Perhaps this may 
 be my case here ; and could I see those of your arguments 
 of which I doubt, differently proposed, possibly I might 
 yield a ready assent to them. Butler's Letters. 
 
 EXERCISE XXXIX. 
 
 By his will man was accordingly made, to promote his 
 own and the happiness of others, a social being ; endowed, 
 above all others, with an intellect to apprehend, and a tongue 
 to speak the truth to his neighbours ; with affections to in- 
 cline him to it, and wants to force him to it, more than he is 
 able to supply by his industry, in a state of independency ; 
 subject to mental errors which will call for amendment, to 
 bodily pains, for remedies, and to accidents, which may ask 
 for extraordinary assistance from arts which can only be 
 cultivated by the joint efforts and encouragement of many, 
 who, as their interests may interfere, too partial in their own 
 favour, less just to the merit of others, especially when their 
 passions are raised by emulation or misguided, perhaps ex- 
 asperated, by envy, may want also some rule to restrain them, 
 and precepts to direct them, as well for the preventing of 
 encroachment from supereminent powers, as to confine them 
 within the sphere of action to which by Nature they are 
 best adapted, and in which consists their greatest perfection. 
 For as she designs they should be freely exerted, they never 
 can be exerted properly, unless restrained. For even liberty 
 itself, that grand prerogative of man, is no longer such, but 
 becomes licentious, without it ; and those very passions, the 
 sources of noble achievements in their progress oft boundless, 
 so apt to overflow and be very detrimental, when kept within 
 their proper channel become only the more extensively bene- 
 ficial. An uncontrolled use, from a natural equality, would 
 interfere with, and might also obstruct others in their ex- 
 ertions, and injure them in their interests: wherefore to 
 limit is but to prevent confusion ; to restrain, that in their 
 several provinces, they might the better exert their natural 
 powers, and to greater advantage. Fortescue. 
 
PART IV. IN LATIN PROSE. 99 
 
 EXERCISE XL. 
 
 For if those principal works of God the memory whereof 
 we use to celebrate at such times, be but certain tastes and 
 says, as it were, of that final benefit wherein our perfect 
 felicity and bliss lieth folded up, seeing that the presence of 
 the one doth direct our cogitations, thoughts, and desires 
 towards the other, it giveth surely a kind of life and addeth 
 inwardly no small delight to those so comfortable expec- 
 tations, when the very outward countenance of that we 
 presently do, representeth after a sort that also whereunto 
 we tend, as festival rest doth that celestial estate whereof 
 the very heathens themselves, which had not the means 
 whereby to apprehend much, did notwithstanding imagine 
 that it needs must consist in rest, and have therefore taught 
 that above the highest moveable sphere there is nothing 
 which feeleth alteration, motion or change, but all things 
 immutable, unsubject to passion, blest with eternal con- 
 tinuance in a life of the highest perfection and of that 
 complete abundant sufficiency within itself, which no pos- 
 sibility of want, maim, or defect can touch. Hooker. 
 
 EXERCISE XLI. 
 
 Thus would both parties be convinced that they had been 
 deceived by a common enemy. Wrath is cruel, and anger 
 is outrageous; but a secret enmity against the person of an- 
 other, an envy at his prosperity with a desire of revenge 
 for some real or imaginary injury or affront, is abundantly 
 more mischievous. He who pines at the happiness of another, 
 will be contriving to injure him, and his malevolence will 
 not speedily subside. 
 
 The way to preserve peace among relatives and friends, 
 is to view every thing in the most favourable lipfht. Not to 
 divulge what has been said or done to their prejudice, when 
 the disclosure is not essential to their safety or happiness, 
 nor to give publicity to what may have been said or done 
 
100 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES PART IV. 
 
 against ourselves. Perhaps it was an oversight, therefore 
 let it pass ; perhaps it was a slip of the memory, therefore do 
 not revive it. We should ever be on the watch over our 
 passions, lest they prove injurious, and being thus guarded, 
 we shall constantly avoid the company of such persons, 
 whose contracted minds can derive pleasure from the in- 
 dulgence of detraction ; a vice eminently destructive of 
 individual and social happiness. Massillon. 
 
 EXERCISE XLIL 
 
 Charles then rose from his seat, and leaning on the shoulder 
 of the prince, because he was unable to stand without sup- 
 port, he addressed himself to the audience ; and from a paper 
 which he held in his hand in order to assist his memory, he 
 recounted, with dignity, but without ostentation, all the 
 great things which he had undertaken and performed since 
 the commencement of his administration. He observed, that 
 from the seventeenth year of his age, he had dedicated all his 
 thoughts and attention to public objects, reserving no portion 
 of his time for the indulgence of his ease, and very little for 
 the enjoyment of private pleasure ; that either in a pacific or 
 hostile manner, he had visited Germany nine times, Spain 
 six times, France four times, Italy seven times, the Low 
 Countries ten times, England twice, Africa as often, and had 
 made eleven voyages by sea ; that while his health permitted 
 him to discharge his duty, and the vigour of his constitution 
 was equal, in any degree, to the arduous office of governing 
 dominions so extensive, he had never shunned labour, nor 
 repined under fatigue; that now, when his health was 
 broken, and his vigour exhausted by the rage of an incurable 
 distemper, his growing infirmities admonished him to retire ; 
 nor was he so fond of reigning, as to retain the sceptre in an 
 impotent hand, which was no longer able to protect his sub- 
 jects, or to render them happy ; that instead of a sovereign 
 worn out with disease and scarcely half alive, he gave them 
 one in the prime of life, accustomed already to govern, and 
 who added to the vigour of youth all the attention and saga- 
 
PART IV. IN LATIN. '-PJiOSK.- 101 
 
 gacity of maturer years ; that if, during the course of a long 
 administration, he had committed any material error in go- 
 vernment, or if, under the pressure of so many and great 
 affairs, and amidst the attention which he had been obliged 
 to give to them, he had either neglected or injured any of 
 his subjects, he now implored their forgiveness ; that, for his 
 part, he should ever retain a grateful sense of their fidelity 
 and attachment, and would carry the remembrance of it along 
 with him to the place of his retreat, as his sweetest consola- 
 tion, as well as the best reward for all his services. Robert- 
 son's Charles V. 
 
 EXERCISE XLIII. 
 
 No prince, so little enterprising and so inoffensive, was 
 ever so much exposed to the opposite extremes of calumny 
 and flattery, of satire and panegyric. And the actions which 
 began in his time, being still continued, have made his cha- 
 racter as much disputed to this day as is commonly that 
 of princes who are our contemporaries. Many virtues, how- 
 ever, it must be owned, he was possessed of; but not one of 
 them pure, or free from the contagion of the neighbour- 
 ing vices. His generosity bordered on profusion, his learning 
 on pedantry, his pacific disposition on pusillanimity, his 
 wisdom on cunning, his friendship on light fancy and boyish 
 fondness. While he imagined that he was only maintaining 
 his own authority, he may perhaps be suspected in some of 
 his actions, and still more of his pretensions, to have en- 
 croached on the liberties of his people. While he endeavoured 
 by an exact neutrality, to acquire the good-will of all his 
 neighbours, he was able to preserve fully the esteem and re- 
 gard of none. His capacity was considerable, but fitter to 
 discourse on general maxims than to conduct any intricate 
 business. 
 
 His intentions were just, but more adapted to the con- 
 duct of private life than to the government of kingdoms. 
 Awkward in his person and ungainly in his manners, he was 
 ill qualified to command respect ; partial and undi seeming in 
 
102 PKQGKESSFWE EXERCISES PART IV. 
 
 his affections, he was little fitted to acquire general love. 
 Of a feeble temper, more than of a frugal judgment ; exposed 
 to our ridicule from his vanity, but exempt from our hatred 
 by his freedom from pride and arrogance. And upon the 
 whole, it may be pronounced of his character, that all his 
 qualities were sullied with weakness and embellished by 
 humanity. Political courage he was certainly devoid of; 
 and from thence chiefly is derived the strong prejudice which 
 prevails against his personal bravery; an inference, however, 
 which must be owned, from general experience, to be ex- 
 tremely fallacious. Hume's Character of James L 
 
 EXERCISE XLIV. 
 
 I defy the noble lord to point out a single action of my 
 life, in which the popularity of the times ever had the smallest 
 influence on my determinations. I thank God, I have a more 
 permanent and steady rule for my conduct, the dictates of 
 my own breast. Those who have foregone that pleasing ad- 
 viser, and given up their mind to be the slave of every 
 popular impulse, I sincerely pity ; I pity them still more, if 
 their vanity leads them to mistake the shouts of a mob for 
 the trumpet of fame. Experience might inform them that 
 many, who have been saluted with the huzzas of a crowd one 
 day, have received their execrations the next ; and many, 
 who by the popularity of their times, have been held up as 
 spotless patriots, have, nevertheless, appeared upon the histo- 
 rian's page, when truth has triumphed over delusion, the 
 assassins of liberty. Why then the noble lord can think I 
 am ambitious of present popularity, that echo of folly and 
 shadow of renown, I am at a loss to determine. Besides, I 
 do not know that the bill now before your lordships will be 
 popular ; it depends much upon the caprice of the day. It 
 may not be popular to compel people to pay their debts ; and 
 in that case, the present must be a very unpopular bill. It 
 may not be popular neither to take away any of the 
 privileges of parliament ; for I very well remember, and 
 many of your lordships may remember, that, not long ago, 
 
PART IV. IN LATIN PROSE, 103 
 
 the popular cry was for the extension of privilege ; and so far 
 did they carry it at that time, that it was said, the privilege 
 protected members even in criminal actions : nay, such was 
 the power of popular prejudices over weak minds, that the 
 very decisions of some of the courts were tinctured with that 
 doctrine. It was undoubtedly an abominable doctrine. I 
 thought so then, and I think so still ; but, nevertheless, it 
 was a popular doctrine, and came immediately from those 
 who are called the friends of liberty, how deservedly time 
 will show. True liberty, in my opinion, can only exist when 
 justice is equally administered to all ; to the king and to the 
 beggar. Where is the justice then, or where the law that 
 protects a member of parliament, more than any other man, 
 from the punishment due to his crimes ? The laws of this 
 country allow of no place, nor any employment, to be a sanc- 
 tuary for crimes; and where I have the honour to sit as judge, 
 neither royal favour, nor popular applause, shall protect the 
 guilty. Lord Mansfield 
 
 EXERCISE XLV. 
 
 In this retirement, Charles formed such a plan of life for 
 himself as would have suited the condition of a private per- 
 son of a moderate fortune. His table was neat, but plain ; his 
 domestics few ; his intercourse with them familiar ; all the 
 cumbersome and ceremonious forms of attendance on his 
 person were entirely abolished, as destructive of that social 
 ease and tranquillity which he courted in order to sooth the 
 remainder of his days. As the mildness of the climate, to- 
 gether with his deliverance from the burdens and cares of 
 government, procured him, at first, a considerable remission 
 from the acute pains with which he had been long tormented, 
 he enjoyed, perhaps, more complete satisfaction in this hum- 
 ble solitude than all his grandeur had ever yielded to him. 
 The ambitious thoughts and projects which had so long en- 
 grossed and disquieted him, were quite effaced from his mind. 
 Far from taking any part in the political transactions of the 
 
104 PROGRESSIVE EXERCISES. PART IV. 
 
 princes of Europe, he restrained his curiosity even from an 
 inquiry concerning them ; and he seemed to view the busy 
 scene which he had abandoned, with all the contempt and 
 indifference arising from his thorough experience of its 
 vanity, as well as from the pleasing reflection of having 
 disentangled himself from its cares. Robertson's Charles V. 
 
105 
 
 HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 I. Of Arrangement of Words. 
 IL Article. 
 
 III. Nouns. Cases oblique. 
 
 IV. Adjectives. 
 
 V. Pronouns. (1.) Personal. 
 (2.) Reflexive. (3.) Pos- 
 sessive. (4.) Relative. 
 VI. Verbs, Active and Neuter. 
 
 VH. The Moods, Indicative, 
 
 Subjunctive, Imperative. 
 VIII. Tenses, division of. 
 IX. connection of. 
 X. Infinitive Verb. 
 XI. Participles. 
 XII. Conjunctions. 
 XIIL Connection of Sentences. 
 
 I. ORDER OF WORDS IN A LATIN SENTENCE. 
 
 (1.) The most emphatic word should stand first if pos- 
 sible ; if not, then last. 
 
 * It is uncertain whether it was by design or not 
 that Caesar withdrew his forces.' ' Consilio 
 necne Csesar copias reduxerit, non constat.' 
 ' The husbandman plants trees, the fruit of which 
 he will never behold.' ' Arbores serit agricola, 
 quarum fructum adspiciet ipse nunquam.' 
 (2.) As a general rule, the governed word precedes the 
 governing ; as, ' The palace of the king. 9 ' Regis 
 aula.' ' He strikes the boy.' ' Puerum caedit.' 
 (3.) The verb, being one of the most important words in 
 
 a sentence, usually stands last : 
 Except, a. when it is placed first by way of 
 emphasis : e. g. ' Vetat enim Deus ita 
 nos facere.' 
 
 8. when it is a monosyllable : e. g. 
 ' Nemo pueris venenum dat bibendurn ' 
 (not ' bibendum dat '). 
 y. when the last position in the sentence 
 is wanted for some other emphatic 
 o 3 
 
106 HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 
 
 word : e. g. ' As a br oilier > do not de- 
 sert your brother.' * Fratrem ne de- 
 seras/ Crater? 
 (4.) The adjective, unless very emphatic, stands after its 
 
 substantive : 
 
 Except, a. with < quisque ' and ' quidam : ' e. g. 
 i Bonus quisque civis.' * Magnus 
 quidam vir.' 
 
 /3. in agreement with a noun followed by 
 a genitive case : e. g. * Quiet sleep/ 
 4 Somnus quietus* But * The quiet 
 sleep of the husbandman.' ' Quietus 
 agricolae somnus.' 
 
 (5.) Words joined with and modifying an adjective or 
 participle, come between them and the substan- 
 tives with which they agree : e. g. ' A boy fitted 
 for learning accomplishments.' 1 ' Puer artibus dis- 
 cendis aptus.' * Great love towards all of us? 
 6 Magnus in nos omnes amor.' 
 
 (6.) Words in contrast are placed close together : e. g, 
 'Citizens are not enemies to citizens? ' Cives civibus 
 non sunt inimici.' 
 
 (7.) But the above rules are all modified by euphony : 
 i. e. they will not be observed where they interfere 
 with the rhythm, or harmonious flow of the sen- 
 tence : e. g. The longer words will generally be 
 placed after monosyllables ; and words ending in 
 the same termination will be separated, where pos- 
 sible. And further : avoid ending your sentence 
 with a dactyl and spondee, Thus: ( videtur esse ' 
 (not ' esse videtur ') ; but ' esse videatur.' 
 
 II. ARTICLE, 
 
 There is no article in Latin. ' The ' is untrans- 
 lated. 'A,' when at all emphatic (i. e. = ' one/ 
 ' any,' ' a certain '), is to be rendered by ' quidam.' 
 ' A good king once said.' ' Bonus quidam rex 
 dixit.' (Observe here the order, which never varies. 
 See above, I. 4. a.) 
 
 III. NOUNS SUBSTANTIVE. 
 
 (1.) The Nominative case is called < casus rectus? to 
 
HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 107 
 
 distinguish it from the rest, which are called 
 ' obliqui? 
 
 (2.) The Vocative is but a shortened form of the no- 
 minative, and often is joined with it in apposi- 
 tion : e. g. ' Hail, thou who wast first called 
 father.' ' Salve ! primus parens appellate' 
 (3.) The Genitive is practically equivalent to an 
 adjective, and qualifies some substantive in the 
 sentence (e. g. ' domus patris ' = * domus pa- 
 terna '). It is elegantly used in several ways : 
 a. After the words < part,' ' duty,' * mark/ &c. 
 It is the duty of a king? ' Regis est.' 
 * It marks a madman.' ' Stulti est.' 
 (' Officium* is understood.) Obs. But 
 ' It is your duty.' ' Tuum est.' 
 /3. With verbs of ' accusing,' * condemning,' 
 Acquitting,' &c. 'He is acquitted 
 of theft? * Furti absolvitur ' ( Crimine 
 understood). 
 
 y. To mark price especially when the pre- 
 cise sum is not stated. ' At a high price.' 
 'Magni? (The full sentence would be, 
 c Pretio magni aeris.' See below, 6. 3.) 
 3. To express ' quality ' (but only when quali- 
 fied by an adjective) : e. g. ' Stones oj 
 great weight? ' Saxa magni ponderisJ 
 (But ' Saxa ponderis ' alone would not be 
 correct. See below, 6. ft.) 
 e. With adjectives implying * fulness,' ( care, 1 
 ' desire,' &c. : e. g. ' Eager after learning.' 
 ' DoctrincB studiosus.' 
 
 ^. After neuter adjectives in a partitive sense : 
 e. g. * Much money.' ' Multum pecunice? 
 ^4?.) The Dative stands as the remoter object of the 
 transitive verb : e. g. I give a book (near ob- 
 ject) to Caius (remote object). ( Do librum 
 Caio : ' or it follows verbs whose sense does not 
 pass on immediately, and which may be resolved 
 into a transitive verb and accusative case : e. g. 
 ' I believe the king ' ( = I give credence to the 
 king). ' Credo regi? 
 
 a. The Dative depends not only on serai- 
 G 4 
 
108 HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 
 
 transitive verbs, but also on adjectives 
 whose sense does not end in themselves : 
 such as, ' fidus,' ' inimicus/ * obnoxius : 'e. g. 
 ' Hostile to virtue.' ' Virtuti inimicus.' 
 
 j3. The Dative with e sum ' is an elegant con- 
 struction for ' I have,' &c. ' The Gauls 
 have nothing? ' Nihil est Gallis? 
 
 y. Two Datives often elegantly follow the 
 verb 'sum/ 'This is a credit to you? 
 6 Hoc vobis laudi est.' 
 
 (5.) The Accusative is the immediate object of the 
 verb or preposition, or it governs the infi- 
 nitive verb. 
 
 a. It is also elegantly used after adjectives and 
 participles whose sense passes on directly : 
 e. g. 'With naked shoulders' ( = 
 'naked as to his shoulders'). 'Nudus 
 humeros? 
 
 (6.) The Ablative is the instrumental case, and expresses 
 any circumstance or condition under which the 
 action takes place. Hence, like an adverb, it 
 qualifies the verb. 
 
 a. Adverbs can often be turned by ablatives : 
 e.g. ' justly* 'jure;' 'unjustly,' 'injuria? 
 
 ft. The Ablative is to be used with verbs and 
 adjectives implying ' derivation ' or ' se- 
 paration from : ' e. g. ' Born of a goddess? 
 ( Dea natus.' Also it marks quality (but 
 only when qualified by an adjective) : 
 e. g. 'A man of great virtue? ' Vir mag- 
 na virtute? (' Vir virtute ' would not 
 stand. See above, III. 3. S.) And it 
 follows comparative adjectives : e. g. 
 c Greater than the rest? ' Cceteris major/ 
 
 y. The Ablative Absolute will be explained 
 under the Participle. (See below, XI. 
 4.1.) 
 
 & The exact price stands in the ablative : 
 e. g. 'I bought a field for a thousand ta- 
 lents.' ' Agrum mille talentis emi.' (But 
 see above, 3. y.) 
 (7.) Time and Space. 1. The duration of time, motion 
 
HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 109 
 
 towards a place, and the ex- 
 tent of space, are always in 
 the accusative. 
 
 2. The time (it which) the place at 
 which, t\\e distance at which, 
 and the place from which, 
 are in the ablative. 
 
 IV. ADJECTIVES. 
 
 (1.) Are used without the substantives, 'homo,' ' mu- 
 lier,' and * negotium ; ' unless those substantives 
 are emphatic, or unless ambiguity arises from 
 their omission : e. g. ' Of many things I am 
 ashamed.' * Multarum rerum me pudet.' 
 (' Multorum ' would be ambiguous, as it might be 
 
 referred either to ' men ' or ' things.') 
 (2.) The adjective should stand after its substantive ; 
 unless very emphatic, or joined to * quidam ' or 
 ' quisque ' (see above, II.), or unless it expresses 
 the predicate of the sentence : e. g. * He was the 
 first to hear of the defeat.' ' Primus cladem 
 audivit.' 
 (3.) The following elegant uses of the adjective should 
 
 be remembered and employed : 
 a. The neuter singular, (1.) As a substantive, 
 with a genitive partitive. ' Multum pe- 
 cunice ' (not * multa pecunia ') ; though on 
 the contrary, ' the top of the mountain,' 
 ' smnmus mons ;' 'the middle of the sea' 
 ' medium mare ;' (2.) As an adverb: e. g. 
 4 much praised,' ' multum laudatus,' as also 
 (3.) the Ablative with comparative ad- 
 jectives and adverbs, to mark degree : e. g. 
 k much wiser,' ' multo sapientior.' 
 /3. The neuter plur. when we use the sing. : 
 e. g. ( Everything' < Omnia.' ' He speaks 
 little. 9 ' Pauca loquitur.' 
 
 y. The adjective is often used for an adverb : 
 e. g. ' He did it rashly' ' Inconsultus hoc 
 fecit.' 
 
 3. The comparative and superlative for the 
 positive : e. g. ' Caius was tall' 4 Caius 
 G 5 
 
110 HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 
 
 excelsior fuit.' ' This is of great import- 
 ance.' ' Hoc maximi momenti est.' 
 e. The superlative with < quam,' in the sense of 
 the < greatest,' best,' wisest,' &c., possible. 
 ( The largest possible forces.' ; Quam 
 maxima copies.' 
 
 V. PRONOUNS. 
 
 (1.) Personal. Never expressed in the nominative, 
 
 unless emphatic. 
 
 They are * ego, 9 ' tu,' ' ille,' respectively, ' Ipse ' 
 (self ) is of all three persons, and stands in 
 apposition with any of the personal pro- 
 nouns. * Sui ' is not a personal pronoun, 
 but reflexive. (See below, 3.) 'Hie' is 
 generally used of something present, or the 
 nearer of two objects. ' Is ' is a mere ante- 
 cedent to { qui.' 'Ille' is used in a good, 
 ' Iste ' in a bad, sense. 
 
 (2.) Possessives. 6 Melts' and ' tuus, 1 answering to 'ego' 
 and ' tu ; ' ' noster,' i vester? to ' nos ' and 
 ' vos ; ' instead of any possessive of the 3rd 
 person, we use the gen. case (sing, or pi.) of 
 c is ' or ' ille : e. g. ' His father/ ' Pater ejusJ 
 Obs. 1. 'Suus'is the possessive belonging only to 
 the reflexive pronoun ' sui.' (See below, 
 3. Obs. 3.) 
 
 Obs. 2. Possessives are not expressed, after a verb 
 of the same person, or in any case where 
 the rest of the sentence makes it clear 
 whose thing or things we are speaking of : 
 e. g. 'All good men love their parents. 9 
 6 Omnes boni parentes amant.' Whose 
 parents ? No doubt < their own.' 
 Obs. 3. Possessives, when expressed, stand after 
 their substantive, unless very strongly em- 
 phatic : e. g. ' My father.' c Pater meusJ 
 But ' It was my father who said.' ' Meus 
 pater dixit.' (See above, IV. 2.) 
 (3.) Reflexive. ' Sui' is (not personal, but) reflexive: 
 as is also its possessive * suus : ' i. e. they refer 
 back to the nominative of the verb after which 
 
HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. Ill 
 
 they stand. The sense passes back from the verb, 
 either upon its own immediate nominative, or if 
 no ambiguity arises thence, upon some other 
 nominative previously mentioned. 
 Obs. 1. ' Sui,' ' sibi,' ' se,' is both sing, andplur., and 
 has no nom., because it can only stand 
 after the verb. 
 
 Obs. 2. ' Sui ' can never be used in any case, unless 
 the object of the verb is the same as its 
 subject : e. g. ' Brutus killed himself (i. e. 
 Brutus). ' Brutus se occidit.' But ( Brutus 
 t killed him' (meaning some one else). 
 
 * Brutus eum occidit.' (The meaning of 
 c sui ' is best illustrated by the Idian 
 6 boomerang.') 
 
 Obs. 3. The possessive ' suus ' follows the same rule : 
 e. g. * The Indians kill their parents.' Whose 
 parents ? The parents of themselves. ' Indi 
 parentes suos occidunt.' (If ' otherpeople's 
 parents,' then use ' eorum') 
 
 (4.) Relatives f Who? 6 qui; ' ' as, 9 l qualis ; ' l great as J 
 6 quantus ; ' ' many as,' ' quot ' (answering respec- 
 tively to 'is,' s talis,' * tantus,' ' tot') are so 
 called, because they refer back to a noun men- 
 tioned in a previous clause. 
 
 Obs. 1. A relative introduces a new sentence ; hence 
 (whatever may have been the position of 
 its antecedent in the preceding clause) the 
 relative may stand in any position in the 
 new sentence : i. e. though it agrees with 
 its antecedent in gender and number, it is 
 said not necessarily to agree with it in case. 
 (See below, Obs. 4.) 
 
 Obs. 2. A relative is a sort of bridge, connecting 
 two sentences into one ; and is = to a de- 
 monstrative pronoun with que : ' e. g. 
 4 Qui ' = * isque? .< Qua de causa '= ' eaque 
 de causa.' (If * qui' governs a subjunctive, 
 it is to ' ut is? not ' et is.') 
 
 Obs. 3. In a sentence containing an antecedent and 
 a relative clause, if it were stated at length, 
 the antecedent noun would properly be ex- 
 G 6 
 
112 HINTS ON LATIN WRITING* 
 
 pressed twice (though it is seldom expressed 
 more than once) ; and this is either in the 
 antecedent or in the relative clause, as you 
 please : e. g. * There were two ivays by which 
 he could advance.' < Erant itinera duo, 
 quibus itineribus progredi poterat.' Here 
 either the word ' itinera ' or * itineribus ' 
 might have been omitted. 
 
 Obs. 4. Hence it is clear that in reality the relative 
 agrees with its antecedent (riot as expressed 
 in the antecedent clause, but) as repeated 
 in the new clause ivhich it introduces : e. g. 
 'quibus, 9 in the above example, agrees 
 with 'itineribus' and not with 'itinera' 
 
 Obs. 5. Therefore, to find out the proper case of the 
 relative, supply the substantive with which 
 it agrees, or resolve it into the conjunc- 
 tion and pronoun of which it is composed. 
 See above Obs. 2. 
 
 Obs. 6. An adjective agreeing with the antecedent 
 (and especially a superlative) is more ele 
 gantly omitted in the antecedent, and ex- 
 pressed in the relative clause : e. g. ' I have 
 received the many poems which you have 
 written.' * Accepi carmina, quce plurima 
 scripsisti.' 
 
 Obs. 7. If the relative clause stands first, intro- 
 duce the antecedent clause by * is,' * hie,' or 
 ' ille : ' e. g. ' The man whom you saw 
 yesterday, is dead.' 'Quern heri vidisti, hie 
 mortuus est.' In other cases omit the an- 
 tecedent, unless very emphatic : e. g. < He is 
 foolish who thinks.' ( Stultus est qui putat.' 
 
 Obs. 8. If the relative have for its antecedent, 
 not a single word, but an entire sen- 
 tence, it should be rendered by 'id quod,' 
 or ' qua3 res ' (in its proper case) : e. g. 
 'Balbus says that he has waged many 
 wars; which Cato denies.' 'Balbus ait se 
 
 multabellagessisse; Cato 
 
 negat.' 
 
HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 113 
 
 (N. B. The construction of the relative should be 
 carefully mastered : rememberstliat all mis- 
 takes with regard to the relative arise from 
 forgetting that it has nothing to do with 
 the case of its antecedent, and from not at- 
 tending to Obs. 4. and 5.) 
 
 VI. VERBS ACTIVE AND NEUTER. 
 
 (1.) Verbs active are those whose sense passes directly 
 on to something beyond them. They govern 
 an accusative ; and every such active verb may 
 be turned into a passive by transposing its 
 subject and object : e. g. ' Brutus killed Caesar ' 
 = ' Caesar was killed by Brutus.' 
 
 (2.) Verbs neuter, or intransitive, are those whose 
 
 sense either does not pass on at all (e. g. ; I 
 
 sleep, 1 ' dormio '), or passes on only in a remote 
 
 degree (e. g. ' We believe the orator? 'Oratori 
 
 credimus '). These verbs govern the dative, as 
 
 the case of the remote object. ( See above, III. 4. ) 
 
 (3.) This latter kind of intransitive (or semi-transitive) 
 
 verbs can be resolved into an active verb and its 
 
 object : e. g. ' I believe you ' = * I give belief J* or 
 
 credence (near object), * to you ' (remote object). 
 
 (4.) Neuter verbs which govern no case at all (e. g. 
 
 ' dormio '), can have no passive ; those, however, 
 
 which govern the dative, have a sort of passive 
 
 voice, but only in the 3rd person singular, and 
 
 are therefore called impersonals : e. g. ' / am 
 
 believed? (not ' credor,' but) ' mihi creditur.' 
 
 (The nominative understood is * credere,' = 
 
 * credence,' or * belief, 9 ' is reposed in me.') 
 
 Obs. Similar to these are the five impersonal 
 
 active verbs, 'pudet,' 'piget,' 'tsedet,' 
 
 ' miseret,' ' poenitet ; ' the real nominatives 
 
 of which are, respectively, ' pudere ' ( = 
 
 ' pudor '), * pigere \= ' pigritia '), &c. 
 
 (5.) Some neuter verbs are called ' substantive ' or 
 
 ' copulative ' verbs. They merely couple together 
 
 two names of the same person or thing. Such 
 
 are: 'sum,' 'fio,' 'evado;' and a few passive 
 
 verbs : e. g. ' dicor,' ' vocor,' ' habeor.' 
 
114 HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 
 
 Obs. These verbs always take the same case 
 after them as before them : e. g. * / am 
 rich. 9 ' Ego sum dives.' 'It is permitted 
 to you to become rich 9 ' Licet tibi fieri 
 diviti 9 
 
 VII. THE MOODS. 
 
 The Indicative Mood is used for all direct and 
 independent assertions (and questions). It states 
 facts as facts, and without any qualification. 
 (2.) The Subjunctive Mood is used for all indirect 
 and dependent assertions (and questions). It 
 states facts under some condition, and in a 
 qualified manner, and, as it were, viewed 
 through the medium of our own minds. It 
 always depends upon some indicative verb ex- 
 pressed or understood, and to which it is coupled 
 by a conjunction. 
 
 a. The subjunctive is generally said to have three 
 distinct uses: as (1.) Conjunctive, (2.) Con- 
 ditional, (3.) Potential. All these uses, how- 
 ever, equally express in fact something de- 
 pendent on, and subjoined to something that 
 has gone before : 
 
 /3. Hence the subjunctive is the proper mood for 
 any thing vague, indefinite, and uncertain : 
 and so allies itself with future time; and 
 hence, properly, has no future tense. (See 
 IX. 5.) 
 
 y. Its Conjunctive use : i. e. joined on to some 
 preceding indicative verb, by some conjunc- 
 tion or relative. (See above, V. Obs. 2.) 
 'He sent me to see the city.' 'Misit me ut 
 urbem viderem 9 
 
 Obs. 1. Under this head comes its use as ex- 
 pressing the drift or purport of some 
 assertion, or of a verb implying 'doubt,' 
 'inquiry,' &c. 'He announces who 
 are present 9 ' Nuntiat qui adsint 9 ' I 
 ask who you are 9 'Rogo quis sis 9 
 This observation must be carefully 
 attended to; as direct questions only 
 
HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 115 
 
 are asked in Latin by the indicative 
 mood'; whilst in English we use the 
 indicative form, even to express the 
 drift or purport of an inquiry. 
 Obs. 2. The subjoined verb always follows the 
 time, though not necessarily the pre- 
 cise tense, of the antecedent verb. (See 
 below, VIII.) 
 Obs. 3. ' Ut' is frequently omitted after 'oportet,' 
 
 'licet/ ' necesse est,' &c. 
 
 3. Its Conditional use. Here too it is governed 
 by the conjunction which couples it to the 
 independent verb. l lfjou do so, I will go 
 away.' * Si ita facias, abibo.' (The con- 
 ditional clause often stands first in English.) 
 e. Its Potential use. Here^ though no ante- 
 cedent verb is expressed, one is always to be 
 understood: e.g. ' Pardon me/ ' Ignoscas 
 mihi ' = ' Oro ut ignoscas.' * You ivould 
 think? ' Credideris ' = ' Fieri potest ut cre- 
 dideris 9 
 
 Obs. The subjunctive mood is often used 
 for a question asked for assent only, 
 and not for information : e. g. ' What 
 was I to do ? ' ' quidfacerem f ' 
 
 (3.) The Imperative Mood expresses a command ; but 
 the Latin language prefers, if possible, to use 
 the subjunctive, which softens down a com- 
 mand into advice, warning, or exhortation, as 
 more courteous : e. g. * Obey the laws of virtue.' 
 'Virtutis legibus pareas' The subj. perf. is 
 also occasionally thus used : e. g. ' Do not do 
 so,' *Ne itafeceris.' 
 
 Obs. 1. There are several elegant forms of ex- 
 pressing an imperative : thus, in affir- 
 matives, * Fac ut,' ' Cura ut ' (with 
 subj.) ; in negatives, * Cave ne ' (subj.), 
 and 'noli* (with infin.) : e.g. 'Do not 
 think 9 l Noli putare, 3 or ' Cave ne 
 putes. 9 (The 'ut' and 'ne' are some- 
 times omitted : as, ' Cave putes. 9 ( Fac 
 scribas.') 
 
116 
 
 HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 
 
 Obs. 2. A softer form still, in the case of affir- 
 matives., is the use of * Velim : ' as ' Come 
 speedily/ 'Velim mature venias.' So 
 with negatives, * Nolim ' is used : e. g. 
 * Do not come to Rome.' ' Nolim Ro- 
 mam venias. 9 
 
 Obs. 3. A command is sometimes rendered by 
 the indicative future : e. g. * Do this 
 speedily.' ' Hoc mature fades.' 
 
 VIII. THE TENSES, DIVISION OF. 
 
 ( 1 .) The word < tense ' properly means * time. 1 Every 
 act must be represented as done in some time 
 or other. 
 
 (2.) There are three times : Present, Past, and 
 Future. But in each time an act may be re- 
 presented as still going on (incomplete), or 
 already finished (complete). 
 
 (3.) Hence (3 x 2=6) there are, properly speaking, 
 six tenses, neither more nor less ; two present, 
 two past, and two future. 
 
 Present time 
 Past time 
 Future time 
 
 Incomplete. ' Amo.' * I am loving.' 
 
 Complete. Amavi.' ' I have loved,' or * am done loving. 
 
 Incomplete. * Amabam.' ' I was loving.' 
 
 Complete. * Amaveram.' ' I had loved.' 
 
 Incomplete. * Amabo.' ' I shall love.' 
 
 Complete. ' Amavero.' * I shall have loved.' 
 
 Obs. 1. The perfect is, in reality, not a past, 
 but a present tense: thus, c He is dead ' 
 = * He has died.' * I am come ' = * I 
 have come.' It is at first difficult to 
 remember this, from being accustomed 
 so often to talk of the perfect tense as 
 opposed to the present. ' Have ' is the 
 true sign of the perfect or present com- 
 plete. (Prsesens Perfectum.) 
 
 Obs. 2. The perfect has another distinct usage ; 
 namely, as a past tense (nearly = the 
 Greek aorist), and only differing from 
 the imperfect in that the latter ex- 
 presses something continued or habi- 
 tual. In this sense the perfect is a 
 sort of Historic tense, and must be 
 
HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 117 
 
 strictly regarded as past, and not pre- 
 sent. The importance of this rule 
 will afterwards appear. (See below, 
 IX.) 
 
 IX. CONNECTION OP TENSES. 
 
 (1.) When one verb follows, and depends on another, 
 we have seen that it must be in the subjunctive 
 mood. But how shall we settle its tense ? 
 
 (2.) Rule. The time of the dependent verb follows 
 the time of the antecedent verb : i. e. Like time 
 follows like time. In other words, if the ante- 
 cedent verb be of past time, no verb (generally) 
 can follow it, except it be of past time ; if it be 
 of present time, then none but a present verb 
 can follow. (See above, VIII. 3.) 
 
 (3.) Thus either of the two present tenses (see VIII. 
 3.), that is, either the present or so-called perfect 
 may be followed by the present or perfect sub- 
 junctive, and by no other tense. 
 
 ^4.) And either of the two past tenses (see ibid.), that 
 is, either the so-called imperfect or pluperfect, 
 may be followed by the imperfect or^luperfect 
 subjunctive, and by no other tense. 
 
 (5.) The whole subjunctive mood having, as it were, a 
 future complexion (see VII. 2. /3.), the antece- 
 dent verb, if future, will generally be followed by 
 one of the two present subjunctive tenses. 
 
 (6.) The following is the scale : 
 
 ! Incomplete ) will be followed in- ( Present Incomplete (Present), ) 
 > differently by the< or, 
 
 Complete ) Subjunctive ( Present Complete (Perfect), 
 
 r Incomplete} wil , be f o n owe d in- ( Past Incom P le te (Imperfect), 
 2 Past ] Complete f d iffe . rentl .y b y tne -] or, 
 
 CPerf. Aor. J Sub J unctive ( Past Complete (Pluperfect). .. 
 
 ~ ( Incomplete) will be followed in- (Present Incomplete (Present), ) 
 
 Future < > differently by the-{ or, 
 
 (Complete ) Subjunctive (Present Complete (Perfect). ) 
 
 (7.) From this it will be seen, that whatever be the 
 time of your antecedent verb, you are limited to 
 a choice between two tenses which may follow. 
 No other tense, but one of these two, can follow 
 at all. 
 
 (8.) But how choose between these two tenses? 
 
118 HINTS ON LATIN WTITING. 
 
 You must oe guided by the meaning of your 
 dependent verb. Thus: <I ask, what kind of a 
 man Brutus was? c Rogo, qualis/wer^Brutus?' 
 ( I ask, what kind of a man he is? 9 'Rogo, 
 qualis sit. 9 The 4s' and 'was' lead me in my 
 choice of the tense of my dependent verb. 
 Thus: 
 
 Present 
 
 . 
 
 "2 . CP ., . fadessent.' ' He asked how many were present.' 
 
 X Aor. liogavit quot j adfuissent.' ' He asked how many had been present.' 
 
 ( Rmrahif nnnf fadsint.' ' He will ask how many are present.' 
 
 Futurp ) g q I adfuerint.' ' He will ask how many have been present.' 
 
 I ( TJ^O f T adsint.' ' He will have asked how many are present.' 
 
 Koga\erit quot J adfuerint> . t He win have asked how many have been pre sent. 
 
 Obs. Some instances occur where a past tense 
 is subjoined to a verb of present time. 
 This, however, is generally in narratives, 
 where the present verb is used instead of 
 a past, for the sake of vividness; the an- 
 tecedent verb, in these cases, is still re- 
 garded as a past tense. The converse, too, 
 is frequently found; but these construc- 
 tions should be carefully avoided in 
 writing Latin, as being contrary to general 
 rule. 
 
 X. 
 
 (1.) The Infinitive verb is really the verb viewed in the 
 light of a substantive : e. g. ' arnare,' = the act of 
 loving.' 
 
 (2.) Accordingly, it has its cases like a substantive ; the 
 (so-called) gerunds and supines coming in to make 
 up the oblique cases of the declension. 
 3.) In Greek, it is regularly declined like a neuter sub- 
 stantive, with the definite article: as TO (piXelv, TOV 
 (f)t\~ii>, &c. But in Latin prose we may only use it 
 as the nominative to a verb, or the accusative follow- 
 ing it. Thus: * Advice' ( = 'the act-of-ad vising') 
 *is profitable.' 'Monere juvat.' 4 I desire to see 
 you' =<I desire the sight of you.' ' Cupio te videre.' 
 
HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 119 
 
 Obs. Of course, though the infinitive verb is here 
 really a substantive, it does not lose its right, 
 as part of the verb, to govern its proper case. 
 
 (4.) The infinitive verb is thus declined : N~. ' Amare,' 
 ' the act of loving.' G. ' Amandi,' 'of the act of 
 loving,' D. 'Amando.' 'to or for the,' &c. A. 
 < Amare," amatum,'* 'amandum,'f Abl. 'Aman- 
 do,' 'amatu,' J 'in or by the,' &c. 
 
 (5.) N.B. (1.) Before using the infinitive, be careful to 
 ascertain whether it will stand either as nomina- 
 tive to the verb or as accusative after it. If not, 
 you must not employ it. (2.) The English in- 
 finitive is very often to be rendered by 'ut' with 
 the subjunctive: viz. 'to' = 'in order that ' or 
 Ho the end that,' or 'so that;' expressing a pur- 
 pose or consequence: e.g. 'He strives to learn.' 
 'Enititur ut discat.' (See below, XII. 1.) 
 
 XL PARTICIPLES. 
 
 (1.) The Latin language frequently adopts participles, 
 
 for the sake of compression, where in English 
 
 we use separate verbs. 
 
 Obs. a. This does not hold good so much with 
 reference to the present active or 
 future passive participles, as with those 
 of the future active and perfect passive. 
 
 /3. The present participle should be used only 
 to express being in the very act of doing 
 something: as, 'He died in the act of 
 speaking,' ' Concionem habens mortuus 
 est.' The passive participle in -dus is 
 almost wholly confined to the idea of 
 'necessity' or 'duty: ' as, 'We must go.' 
 'Eundum est.' 
 
 * Used only after verbs, of motion : e. g. * I go to see Rome.' Eo 
 visum Romam. 
 
 f Used only after prepositions : e. g. ' I go to see Rome.' ' Eo ad 
 videndum Romam.' 
 
 J Used only after adjectives, whose sense does not end in themselves : 
 e. g. A book * difficult to be read* or difficult to read.' l Liber difficilis 
 lectu: 
 
120 HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 
 
 y. The pronoun 'is' cannot be joined with a 
 participle active or passive as an ab- 
 breviation for 'is qui' with the verb: 
 e. g. We cannot say in Latin, for 
 * those who love,' 'ii amantes' (=ot 
 <j>i\ovvreg) ; but either, 'ii qui amantj or 
 simply 'amantes? So, 'things hoped 
 for,' not 6 ea sperata/ but 'sperata,' or 
 <ea guce sperantur? 
 
 (2.) Thus, instead of saying, ' The king seized the 
 prisoner and killed him,' the Romans would 
 prefer to say, ' The king killed the prisoner 
 seized ' ( = whom he had seized). ' Rex reum 
 correptum occidit.' (The Greeks, who had 
 an active participle of the past time, would 
 have said, \a@uv t'/crave.) 
 
 Obs. N.B. The above construction ('correptum 
 occidit') should be used whenever prac- 
 ticable. A relative sentence, or the 
 preceding of two assertions, or any clause 
 expressing the circumstances of an action, 
 as 'time,' 'place,' 'cause,' &c., may gene- 
 rally be rendered by the perfect passive 
 participle, and much will be gained in 
 the way of elegance and terseness : e.g. 
 He took Athens by storm, after a 
 siege of three years? 'Athenas, tres 
 annos obsessas, expugnavit.' 'He came 
 to the bridge which Balbus had recently 
 built? 'Ad pontem venit, a Balbonuper 
 exstructum* ' Caesar addressed his sol- 
 diers when they were about to enter 
 battle? ' Cresar milites, pugnam ini- 
 turos, allocutus est.' In each of these 
 sentences two clauses are compressed 
 into one. 
 
 (3.) a. The perfect participle of deponent verbs may 
 also be used with advantage: as, 'In a con- 
 versation with Hannibal, Scipio asked.' 
 'Scipio, cum Hannibale collocutus, rogavit.' 
 /3. But as there is no perfect participle in the 
 active voice, we are often obliged (where 
 
HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 121 
 
 we cannot turn the sentence round into a 
 passive form) to use the periphrasis of 
 'cum' with the perfect or pluperf. subjunc- 
 tive: e. g. ' Having met the enemy, Caesar 
 retired.' ' Caesar, cum hostibus occurrisset, se 
 recepit' (but, 'Caesar, hostibus congressus, 
 se recepit'). 
 
 (4.) 1. To mark the time of an action, or to express 
 its circumstances, causes, &c., it is very 
 common, in Latin, to use the ablative abso- 
 lute : e. g. * When Tullus was king.' l Tullo 
 rege' or, ' Tullo regnante? f Because he 
 had conquered the Gauls.' ' Victis Gallis. 9 
 2. Caution. But the substantive cannot 
 be placed in the ablative absolute, unless 
 it stands without any other government in 
 the sentence. Thus : * When Tullus was 
 king, he conquered the Gauls.' ' Tullus rex 
 Gallos vicit.' But, < When Tullus was 
 king, Caius conquered the Latins/ ' Tullo 
 rege, Caius Latinos vicit.' 3. Rule The 
 ablative absolute should be used where pos- 
 sible to express the circumstances under 
 which a thing is done. Obs. An English 
 active participle, or even a dependent clause, 
 may be elegantly rendered in this way, 
 turning it into the passive form : e. g. ' As 
 soon as he descried the enemy, Caesar led 
 out his men.' ' Caesar, hostibus conspectis, 
 suos eduxit.' If the above caution be borne 
 in mind, the use of the ablative absolute 
 cannot be too much encouraged. 
 
 XII. CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 (1.) ' That 9 is ambiguous in English ; it means : 
 
 A. ' The fact that ; ' to be rendered by ac- 
 
 cusative with infinitive verb ; or in case 
 of ambiguity, by * quod ' with indicative 
 mood. 
 
 B. ' In order that ' (purpose), or * so that ' 
 
 (consequence) ; to be rendered by ' ut ' 
 with subjunctive mood. 
 
122 HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 
 
 C. = * Who,' or ( which ' ; to be rendered by 
 < qui,' ' quae,' quod.' 
 
 Thus (A.) 'Caius said that the Gauls were 
 present.' ' Caius dixit Gallos adesseJ 
 What did he say ? The fact that the Gauls 
 were present. * We have spoken of this fact, 
 that nature rejoices/ Here ambiguity would 
 arise if we wrote 'naturam gaudere,' so 
 we must turn it by ; quod. 9 ' De hac re 
 diximus, quod natura gaudet? 
 
 (B). 'Brutus killed Caesar that he 
 might himself gain the chief power.' 
 'Brutus Csesarem occidit ut ipse imperio 
 potiretur? (Purpose.) 
 
 6 The fort was destroyed to such a de- 
 gree that no traces now remain.' ' Castrum 
 adeo deletum est ut nulla restent vestigia.' 
 (Consequence.) 
 
 Obs. 1. When 'that* expressing a purpose 
 occurs in a negative sentence, 
 the * ut ' becomes ' ne ' : e. g. 
 6 This he did that no one might 
 ask.' ' Hoc fecit ne quis ro- 
 garet. But if it expresses a con- 
 sequence, ' ut non ' is retained. 
 Note. ' N e quidem ' [* not even '] 
 takes an indicative. The 
 order is ' ne Ccesar qui- 
 dem.' 
 
 Obs. 2. With this exception, always em- 
 body, if possible, the negative 
 word in every sentence with the 
 ' conjunction : 'If he has no- 
 where appeared.' ' Nisi usquam 
 visus sit ' (not ' si nusquam.') 
 Obs. 3. 'Ut joined with a relative be- 
 comes ' qui ' (with subjunctive): 
 ' ut is ' = ' qui ; ' ' ut eum ' = 
 ' quern/ ' He is not such a man 
 that he will yield.' ' Non is 
 est qui recedat. (See V. 4. 
 Obs. 2.) 
 
HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 123 
 
 Obs. 4. If a comparative adjective or 
 
 adverb occurs in the sentence, 
 
 the ' ut ' becomes ' quo ' ( ut 
 
 ' eo ') ; e. g. ' Brutus Caesarem 
 
 occidit quo facilius imperio po- 
 
 tiretur ' (= ut eo facilius). 
 
 Obs. 5. ' That ' after ' to fear ' is rendered 
 
 by ne. ( Vereor ne ' = I fear 
 
 that. (' Vereor ut '=1 fear lest.) 
 
 (C.) ' There are men that think.' 
 
 ' Sunt qui putant'(or ' putent'). ' Qui non ' 
 
 becomes c quin : ' e. g. ' There is no one 
 
 that does not think.' ' Nemo est quin putet ' 
 
 (= qui non). 
 
 (2.) * So, 9 joined with ordinary verbs, is translated by ' ita' 
 or ' sic ; ' and will be followed by ' ut ' in the subse- 
 quent clause. But joined with adjectives or adverbs, 
 and marking degree (e. g. ' so brave,' ' so bravely '), 
 it must be rendered by * tarn,' or ' adeo. 9 ' That ' or 
 ' as ' following it will be rendered by e ut,' or, in the 
 case of a negative, by ' quin.' 
 
 (3.) < As, 9 when it merely comprises two things together, is 
 rendered by ' quam,' with the same case after it as 
 before it. When it is in effect a relative, it must be 
 regarded as such, and rendered accordingly : e. g* 
 ' He is the same as he always was.' * Idem est qui 
 semper fuit.' Obs. (Sometimes 'ac' is used after 
 ' idem ' instead of * qui.') 
 
 (4.) 'But' following universal negatives, is to be regarded 
 as a relative : e. g. ' There is no one but loves you.' 
 * Nemo est qui te non amet.' (The 'qui non' is 
 often abbreviated into 'quin.') 
 
 (5.) Such conjunctions as 'if 9 (' si '), 'since 9 ('quum,' 
 c quoniam'), 'although ' (' quamvis '), ' whilst' ( f dum'), 
 ' until ' (' donee '), &c., expressing certain conditions, 
 govern either the indicative or subjunctive mood at 
 will. No accurate rule can be laid down regarding 
 them ; as the connection of ' time ' (ind.) is so nearly 
 akin to that of 'cause and effect 9 (subj.). 
 
 Obs. The general rule to be observed is this : ' If 
 they seem to point to sequence of time only, 
 or to imply an assertion that the thing is so, 9 
 if you can fairly insert the words ' as in the 
 
124 HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 
 
 case 'into the conditional clause, you may 
 use the indicative mood. If on the other 
 hand, they point to cause and effect rather 
 than to time, or imply doubt or vagueness 
 (as will almost always be the case after a 
 negative antecedent clause), you should 
 employ the subjunctive. In very many 
 cases, where the exact amount of doubt 
 implied is at all debateable, either construc- 
 tion will be correct : e. g. ' I will remain 
 until you come ' (uncertain). ' Manebo 
 donee veniasJ ' I will remain until the sun 
 sets ' (certain). * Donee occidet. 9 ' If Virgil 
 was born at Mantua ' (as is the case), ' he 
 was an Italian.' ' Virgilius, si Mantuae 
 natusfuit, Italus est.' 'Tjf the war breaks 
 out ' (as is uncertain), * we must depart.' 
 6 Si bellum erumpat, migrandum est.' 
 (6.) Interrogative particles. Most questions in Latin are 
 
 introduced by conjunctive particles : and, 
 1 . Every question may be either asked, or related as 
 asked : i. e. it may be either direct or indirect. 
 
 2. All direct questions must be asked in the indica- 
 
 tive mood (See VII. 1.) ; and also, generally, all 
 indirect or subjoined questions will require the 
 subjunctive mood (see VII. 2.). The former 
 method is called ' Oratio recta ; ' the latter, 
 6 Oratio obliqua* 
 
 3. Questions also must be single or double. Hence 
 
 we get four kinds: 
 
 2. Direct doSe g vernin S alwa y s indicative. 
 
 4. a. Direct single questions, 
 
 If they expect the answer 'No,' are asked by 
 
 ' Num.' 
 If they expect the answer 'Yes,' are asked by 
 
 'Nonne.' 
 If they do not expect any answer, are asked 
 
 by the appended -ne. E. g. 'Does he think 
 
 this?' (Answer expected, 'No.') 'Num hoc 
 
HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 125 
 
 sentit? 9 'Does he not think this?' (Answer 
 expected, 'Yes. ') 'Nonne hoc sentit?' 4 ls 
 Caius come ? ' (Expecting no answer at all.) 
 'Adestwe Caius?' 
 
 /3. Direct double questions are to be asked by 
 'utrum' and 'an.' ' Did Brutus or Cassius 
 kill Caesar?' ' Utrum Brutus an ked by 
 Caesarem interfecitT 'Did Cato do this, or 
 not?' ' Utrum Cato "hoc fecit, an non? ' 
 5. a. Indirect single questions are asked by 'num,' 
 ' an,' or the appended 'ne,' indifferently. 
 'He asks whether Cato thinks thus.' 
 ' Rogat an Cato hoc sentiat.' f He in- 
 quires whether Balbus is at home.' 
 ' Quaerit num Balbus domi sit. 9 ' They ask 
 whether the Gauls ar&present.' l Rogant, 
 Galliwe adsint? 
 8. Indirect double questions must be asked by : 
 
 1 . * Utrum ' and ' an ' or ' -ne/ ' Rogat, utrum 
 
 adsit an abierit (or abierit-we) Cato. 
 
 2. 'Ne' and 'an.' 'Rogat, adsit- we Cato 
 
 an abierit.' 
 
 3. 'An' alone, before the second clause. 
 
 ' Rogat, adsit Cato an abierit.' 
 
 4. ' Ne' alone, appended to the second 
 
 clause. ' Rogat, adsit abierit-we Cato.' 
 'Rogat, adsis nec-ne.' 
 
 XIII. CONNECTION OF SENTENCES. 
 
 (1.) It will be observed that nearly two out of every 
 three Latin sentences commence with a 
 conjunction or a relative, which is, in fact, 
 the same thing. (See above, V. 4. Obs. 2.) 
 Obs. This peculiarity, with due regard 
 to euphony and the following rules, 
 cannot be too frequently imitated. 
 (2.) The following general rules will be useful, 
 though they must be applied with great dis- 
 cretion, taking care not to overload the 
 passage with unmeaning or superfluous parti- 
 cles : 
 
 1. Each fresh clause of a paragraph will 
 
 H 
 
126 HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 
 
 be found, upon careful inspection 
 (even though no conjunction be ex- 
 pressed in English), either (a) to 
 add some new idea, or (b) to limit 
 or qualify some previous assertion, 
 or (c) to express some contrast to 
 what has been advanced, or (d) to 
 furnish the reason or an instance of 
 what has been said, or (e) to ex- 
 press some consequence of it, or lastly 
 (/) to introduce some apposite re- 
 mark or moral sentiment. 
 
 2. Each of these connections of ideas 
 
 will be differently expressed. 
 
 3. Connection (a) will employ the relative 
 
 'qui,' the pronoun 'idem,' the con- 
 junctions 'quoque,' 'etiam,' 'prsete- 
 rea,' 'accedit quod/ ' accedit ut* 
 
 (b) 'quidem,' 'sane,' ' scilicet f, "si j', 
 
 6 si modo\ ', 'si quidemf, ' ( quarn- 
 vis f,' ' licet. 9 
 
 (c) C ver6,' 'autem,' 6 contra autem,' 
 
 'tamen,' 4 sed tamen,' * nihilomi- 
 nus, J 'nihilominus tamen/ *qui 
 tamen.' 
 
 (d) ' enim,' 4 quod f,' c quia f^quiimj, 
 
 'quippe,' * quippe qui,' ' quippe 
 quod' 
 
 (e) 6 ut, 9 6 ita ut? ' quo magis,' 'quare,' 
 
 'quamobrem,' *qua de causa,' 
 * ita fit ut? 'unde factum est 
 utj * quce cum ita sint.' 
 
 (f) 6 profecto/ ' nimirum/ ' scilicet,' 
 
 sane.' 
 
 Obs. 1. Those in italics almost invari- 
 ably govern a subjunctive 
 mood. Those marked with 
 an | take either an indicative 
 or subjunctive (see above, 
 XII. 5.). The rest take an 
 indicative. 
 
 Obs. 2. Most of the above may stand 
 
HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 127 
 
 conjointly with < qui ' (the qui 
 stands first) : e. g. < Qui si 
 veniant.' ' Quern ut videam. 
 6 Quos licet amem,' &c. 
 Obs. 3. In a continuous narrative, the 
 sense is elegantly carried on 
 by ' idem : ' e. g. * I came to 
 Rome in great haste. I also 
 said,' &c. < Veni Boraam quarn 
 celerrime. Dixi idem, 9 &c. 
 Obs. 4. Impassioned exclamations ('then,' 
 ' I pray/ &c.) are often intro- 
 duced by 'tandem.' Who, 
 then, can deny this ? ' * Quis 
 tandem hoc negare potest ? ' 
 Obs. 5. Wherever the new sentence in- 
 troduces a negative, be sure, 
 if possible, to embody the 
 negative in the conjunction: 
 e. g. not 'ut nunquam, 9 but 
 ( ne unquarn ; 9 not ' et tamen 
 non certum est,' but f nee 
 tamen certum est.' (See 
 XII. B. Obs. 2.) 
 
 3. To exemplify the above general rules, let 
 
 the following sentences be taken (which 
 
 presuppose that Caius has been already 
 
 mentioned in some preceding clause) : 
 
 a. ' Caius., too, is wise in my opinion: 
 
 he has shown himself a brave 
 
 and upright citizen ; and so he 
 
 has always been held 'in high 
 
 repute. Thus honesty, you see, 
 
 is the best policy.' 
 
 * Accedit quod (new idea) Caius sa- 
 piens est, mea quidem (limita- 
 tion) sententia : quippe qui (rea- 
 son) fortem et honestum civem 
 se prsestiterit ; unde factum est 
 ut (consequence) summo semper 
 in honore sit habitus. Profecto 
 enim (moral sentiment), ut vides, 
 
128 HINTS ON LATIN WRITING. 
 
 probitatem semper sequitur for- 
 tuna.' 
 
 ' Caius spoke thus, and sat down ; 
 Balbus, on the other hand, re- 
 plied as follows. 
 
 Caius, his dictis, consedit; contra 
 autem (contrast) respondit Bal- 
 bus.' 
 
 SUMMARY. 
 
 1. Be careful to distinguish <sui' from ille' (V. 1. and 
 2.), datives from accusatives (III. and VI.), and the per- 
 fect proper from the perfect aorist. (VIII.) 
 
 2. Adopt participles in general, and ablatives absolute in 
 particular. (XL) 
 
 3. Connect your sentences by relatives and conjunctions, 
 and put your negatives in them (V. 4. and XIII.) ; and do 
 not be deceived by the ambiguous meanings of the litcle 
 word 'that.' (XII. 1.) 
 
 THE END. 
 
 LONDON: 
 
 Printed by SPOTTISWOODE & Co. 
 New-street Square, 
 
39 PATERNOSTER Row, LONDON: September 1858. 
 
 SCHOOL-BOOKS 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 Messrs. LONGMAN, BKOWN, and CO. 
 
 ALGEBRA. 
 
 Colenso's Elements, PABT 1. 12mo. (Key, 5s.) .............................. 4s. 6d. 
 
 PARTlI.12mo.(Key,5s.) ............................ 6s. 
 
 complete, for Teachers and Students, 8vo ............ 12s. 6d. 
 
 Algebra for National and Elementary Schools, 18mo. (Key, 2s. 6d.) Is. 6d. 
 
 ,, Examples and Equation Papers, 12mo ............................ 2s. 6d. 
 
 Lund's Short and Easy Course of Algebra, fcp. 8vo. (Key, 5s.) .............. 2s. 6d. 
 
 Reynolds' s Elementary Algebra for Beginners, 18mo. (Key, 3d.) ............ Is. 
 
 Scott's Arithmetic and Algebra for the use of Sandhurst College, 8vo ....... 16s. 
 
 Tale's Algebra made Easy, intended chiefly for the use of Schools, 12mo. . . 2s. 
 Thomson's Elementary Treatise, 12mo. (Key, 4s. 6d.) .................... 5s. 
 
 Wood's Elements, for University Students, by Lund, 8vo ................... 12s. 6d. 
 
 Lund's Companion to Ditto, post 8vo. [New Supplement (1858), 2s. 6d.] .... 6s. 
 
 Young's Elementary Treatise, 12mo. (Key, by Spiller, 6s.) .................. 6s. 
 
 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 Blain's Rationale of Arithmetical Teaching, 12mo .......................... Is. 6d. 
 
 Colenso's Arithmetic for Schools, 12mo. (Key, by Maynard, 6s.) ............ 4s. 6d. 
 
 Text-Book of Elementary Arithmetic, 18mo. (with Answers, 2s.3d.) Is. 9d. 
 
 C5gF* Colenso's Elementary Arithmetic may be had in Five Parts, as follows : 
 
 1. Text-Book .................... 6d. I 3. Examples, Pt. II. Compound Arithmetic ........ 4d. 
 
 2. Emples,Pt.I.SimpleArithmeticid. \ 4. Emples,Pt.m.Fracttons,D*cimals,Duodecimals4d. 
 
 5. Answers to the Examples, with Solutions of the more difficult Questions ...... Is. 
 
 Crosby's Walkingame's Tutor's Assistant, by Maynard, 12mo. (Key, 3s. 6d.) 2s. 
 Galbraith and Haughtoii's Manual of Arithmetic, 12mo. 2s. ; cloth ........ 2s. 6d. 
 
 Hiley's Arithmetical Companion, 18mo. (Key, Is. 6d.) ...................... 2s. 
 
 Hughes's Manual of Arithmetic, fcp. 8vo. (with Key, 3s. Gd.) .............. Is. 6d. 
 
 Joyce's System of Practical Arithmetic, by Maynard, 12mo. (Key, 3s.) ...... 3s. 
 
 Lardner's Treatise on Arithmetic, fcp. 8vo ................................... 3s. 6d. 
 
 M'Leod's Course of Arithmetical Questions, 2 parts, 12mo. each ............ Is. 
 
 Manual for Elementary Instruction, 18mo ........................ Is. 
 
 Extended Multiplication and Pence Tables, per dozen ............ 2s. 
 
 Molineux's Arithmetic, 2 parts, 12mo. each (Keys, Sixpence each) .......... 2s. 6d. 
 
 Scott's Arithmetic and Algebia for the use of Sandhurst College, 8vo ....... 16s. 
 
 Decimal Arithmetic for the use of Schools, 12mo .................... 4s. 
 
 Tate's Treatise on the First Principles of Arithmetic, 12mo ................ Is. 6d. 
 
 Mental Arithmetic for Teachers, 8vo ................................. Is. 
 
 Tate On the New Coinage in relation to our School Arithmetics, 12mo ..... 9d. 
 
 London : LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row. 
 
0f Sx:!j00I-00K3, 
 
 ASTRONOMY, METEOROLOGY, and NAVIGATION. 
 
 Arago's Popular Astronomy, translated by Smyth and Grant, VOL. I. 8vo. .21s. 
 
 MeteorologicalEssays,trans.underCol.Sabine'ssuperintendence,8vo.l8s. 
 Boyd's Manual for Naval Cadets, with 236 Woodcuts, fcp. 8vo .............. 10s. 6d. 
 
 Galbraith and Haughton's Manual of Astronomy, 12mo ..................... 2s. 
 
 Herschel's Treatise on Astronomy, fcp. 8vo ................................. 3s. 6d. 
 
 Outlines of Astronomy, 8vo ..................................... 18s. 
 
 Jeans's Problems in Astronomy, Surveying, and Navigation, 12mo ......... 6s. 
 
 Handbook for the Stars of the First and Second Magnitude, 8vo. . . 3s. 6d. 
 
 Navigation and Nautical Astronomy, PAET 1. 12mo ................. 4s. 
 
 Stepping-Stone to Astronomy, in Question and Answer, 18mo .............. Is. 
 
 Tate's Astronomy and the Use of the Globes, for Beginners, 18mo ........... Is. 
 
 ATLASES. 
 
 Brewer's Elementary Atlas of History and Geography, royal 8vo ........... 12s. 6d. 
 
 Butler's Atlas of Ancient Geography, royal 8vo ............................. 12s. 
 
 Junior Ancient Atlas, royal 8vo .................................... 4s. 6d. 
 
 General Atlas of Modern and Ancient Geography, royal 4to ........ 24s. 
 
 Atlas of Modern Geography, royal 8vo ............................. 12s. 
 
 ,, Junior Modern Atlas, royal 8vo .................................... 4s. 6d. 
 
 Outline Geographical Copy-Books, Ancient and Modern, each ...... 4s. 
 
 Hall's First or Elementary Atlas of 10 coloured Maps, oblong 4to ........... Is. 6d. 
 
 Map-Projections, Is. ; Hall's Outline Maps ......................... Is. 
 
 Hughes's General Atlas for Elementary Schools, 18mo. (coloured, Is. 6d.) . . Is. 
 Introductory Atlas of Modern Geography, 12mo ................... 2s. 6d. 
 
 Atlas of Physical, Political, and Commercial Geography, royal Svo.lOs. 6d. 
 School Atlas of Physical Geography, 12mo ........................ Is. 6d. 
 
 Atlas of Bible Lands, 12 coloured Maps, fcp. 8vo ................ Is. 6d. 
 
 M'Leod's Scripture Atlas, Part 1. 4s.; Part II. 3s. ; or complete, royal 8vo. 7s. 
 f t Hand- Atlas of General Geography, 29 full-coloured Maps, 18mo. . . 2s. 6d. 
 Class- Atlas of Physical Geography, 20 coloured Maps, &c. ISmo. .. 2s. 6d. 
 
 BIOGRAPHY, 
 
 Arago's Lives of Distinguished Scientific Men, 8vo ......................... 18s. 
 
 Maunder's Biographical Treasury, fcp. 8vo ................................ 10s. 
 
 Merivale's Life and Letters of Cicero, 12mo ................................. 9s. 6d. 
 
 Stepping-Stone to Biography, in Question and Answer, 18mo ............... Is. 
 
 Wheeler's Life and Travels of Herodotus, 2 vols. post 8vo ................. 21s. 
 
 BOOK-KEEPING, CALCULUS, and LOGARITHMS. 
 
 Carmichael's Treatise on the Calculus of Operations, 8vo ............... . . , , 9s. 
 
 Farley's Tables of Six-figure Logarithms from 1 to 10,000, post 8vo ......... 4s. 6d. 
 
 Isbister's Book-keeping, by Single and Double Entry, 18mo ............... Is. 
 
 Set of Eight Account-Books adapted to the above, each .......... 6d. 
 
 Krepp's Statistical Book-keeping, 4to ..................................... 21s. 
 
 Tate's Principles of the Differential and Integral Calculus, 12mo ........... 4s. 6d. 
 
 CHEMISTRY. 
 
 Marcet's Conversations on Chemistry, 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. .................... , . 14s. 
 
 Tate's Outlines of Experimental Chemistry, 12mo. Is. 6d. ; 18mo ........... Is. 
 
 Thomson's School Chemistry, fcp. 8vo .................................... 7. 
 
 London : LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row. 
 
CHRONOLOGY. 
 
 Blair's Chronological and Historical Tables, edited by Sir H. Ellis 81s. 6d. 
 
 Brewer's Poetical Chronology of Inventions, Discoveries, Battles, &c.,12mo. 8s. 6d. 
 
 Elementary Atlas of History and Geography, royal 8vo 12s. 6d. 
 
 Hort's Introduction to Chronology and Ancient History, 18mo 4s. 
 
 Hewlett's Tables of Chronology and Regal Genealogies, 4to 5s. 6d. 
 
 Metrical Chronology, post 8vo 7s. 
 
 Jaquemet's Compendium, edited by the Rev. J. Alcorn, M.A., post 8vo 7s. 6d. 
 
 Abridged Chronology, edited by Rev. J. Alcorn, M.A., fcp. 8vo. . 3s. 6d. 
 
 Nicolas's Chronology of History, fcp. 8vo 3s. 6d. 
 
 School Chronology, or the Great Dates of History, square 12mo Is. 
 
 Slater's School Chronology, or Sententise Chronologies, 12mo 3s. 6d. 
 
 Coloured Chronological Chart to accompany the above (on roller ,9s. 6d.) 6s. 
 Valpy's Poetical Chronology of Ancient and English History, 12mo 2s. 6d. 
 
 CIVIL LAW and POLITICAL ECONOMY. 
 
 Humphreys's Manual of Civil Law, for Schools and Candidates, fcp. 8vo 3s. 6d. 
 
 Political Science, for School s& Candidates, fcp. 8vo. 8s. 6d. 
 Marcet's Conversations on Political Economy, fcp. 8vo 7s. 6d. 
 
 CLASSICAL DICTIONARIES and MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 Barker's Lemprifcre's Classical Dictionary, edited by Dr. Cauvin, 8vo 12s. 
 
 Hort's New Pantheon, or Introduction to Mythology, 18mo 4s. 6d. 
 
 Lempridre's Classical Dictionary, 8vo 9s. 
 
 Rich's Illustrated Companion to the Latin Dictionary and Greek Lexicon, 
 with upwards of 2,000 Wood Engravings, post 8vo 21s. 
 
 CONCHOLOGY. 
 
 Catlow's Popular Conchology, or the Shell Cabinet arranged, post 8vo 14s, 
 
 COPY-BOOKS. 
 
 M'Leod's Graduated Series of Nine Copy-Books, each , , , , , 8d, 
 
 DRAWING-BOOKS, &c, 
 
 Malan's Aphorisms on Drawing, post 8vo 8s. 6d. 
 
 Tate's Drawing for Schools, with numerous Illustrations and Exercises, 4to. 5s. 6d. 
 Drawing-Book for Little Boys and Girls, with ISO Exercises, 4to Is. 6d. 
 
 ENGLISH COMPOSITION, ELOCUTION, and SYNONYMES. 
 
 Brewer's Guide to English Composition, fcp. 8vo 5s. 6d. 
 
 Graham's English, or the Art of Composition, fcp. 8vo 6s. 
 
 Work on the Attainment of English Style, fcp. 8vo 7s. 
 
 English Synonymes, classified and explained fcp. 8vo 6s. 
 
 Hiley's English Composition, PABT I. or Junior Series, 18mo. (Key, 2s. 6d.) Is. 6d. 
 
 Practical English Composition, PART II. 18mo 8s. 
 
 Morell's Handbook of Logic, for Schools and Teachers, fcp. 8vo 2s. 
 
 Parker's Progressive Exercises in English Composition, 12mo Is. 6d. 
 
 Roget's Thesaurus of English Words and Phrases classified, crown 8vo . . . . 10s. 6d. 
 
 London : LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row. 
 
0f 
 
 EDUCATION in GENERAL. 
 
 Aikin's Arts of Life, 18mo .................................................. 2s. 6d. 
 
 Domestic Economy, Housekeeping, Cookery, &c. (in Gleig's Series), 18mo.. . Is. 
 Educational Conference Essays, edited by A. Hill, post 8vo ................ 6s. 6d. 
 
 Lake's Book of Object Lessons, 18mo ....................................... Is. 6d. 
 
 Pycroft's Collegian's Guide, fcp. 8vo ........................................ 6s. 
 
 Stow's Training System, &c., for Trainers and Governesses, post 8vo ....... 6s. 
 
 Sydenham's Notes of Lessons, 12mo .................... ................... 3s. 
 
 Tate's Philosophy of Education, or Principles &c. of Teaching, fcp. 8vo ..... 6s. Gd. 
 
 ENGLISH DICTIONARIES. 
 
 Maunder' s Treasury of Knowledge and Library of Reference, fcp. 8vo ....... 10s. 
 
 Smart's Walker's Pronouncing Dictionary Remodelled, 8vo ................ 12s. 
 
 ,, ,, Epitomised, 16mo ............... 6s. 
 
 Sullivan's Dictionary of Derivations, 12mo. . . .............................. 2s. 
 
 the English Language, 12mo ....................... 3s, 6d. 
 
 ENGLISH ETYMOLOGY, &c, 
 
 Black's Student's Manual (Greek}, 18mo. 2s. 6d. ; Sequel (Latin), 18mo ..... 5s. 6d. 
 
 Edwards's History of the English Language, 18mo ..................................... Is. 
 
 Ross's Etymological Manual of the English Language, 18mo ............... 6d. 
 
 ENGLISH GRAMMARS and EXERCISE-BOOKS, 
 
 Downe's (Viscount) Elementary English Grammar, 18mo ................... Is. 
 
 Hiley's English Grammar and Style, 12mo ................................ 3s. 6d. 
 
 Abridgme t of Grammar, 18mo.ls.9d.; Child's First Grammar, 18mo. Is. 
 
 Exercises adapted to the English Grammar, 12mo. (Key, 3s. 6d.). ... 2s. 6d. 
 
 Hunter's Text-Book of English Grammar, 12mo ............................. 2s. 6d. 
 
 M'Leod's Explanatory English Grammar, for Beginners, 18mo ............. Is. 
 
 Marcet's Game of English Grammar, with Conversations, post 8vo ......... 8s. 
 
 Mary's Grammar, 18mo. 3s. 6d. ; Marcet's Willy's Grammar, 18mo. 2s. 6d. 
 Morell's Analysis of Sentences explained and illustrated, 12mo ............. 2s. 
 
 Essentials of English Grammar and Analysis, fcp. 8vo ............. 8d. 
 
 ,, Grammar, post 8vo. 2s. ; with Exercises, 2s. 6d. ; Exercises separately, 8d. 
 Smart's Course of English Grammar, Rhetoric, Logic, &c. 5 vols. 12mo ..... 23s. 6d. 
 
 Stepping-Stone to English Grammar, in Question and Answer, 18mo ....... Is. 
 
 Sullivan's Attempt to Simplify English Grammar, 18mo ................... Is. 
 
 Walford's Card of English Grammars 8vo ................................................ .... la. 
 
 ENGLISH PARSING. 
 
 Hunter's Exercises in English Parsing, 12mo .............................. 6d. 
 
 Lowres's System of English Parsing and Derivation, 18mo ................. Is. 
 
 M'Leod's Edition of Goldsmith's Deserted Village^ 12mo .................. Is. 6d. 
 
 ENGLISH POETRY. 
 
 Connon's Selections from Milton's Paradise Lost, 12mo ................... . 3s. 6d. 
 
 Cook's First Poetry-Book for Elementary Schools, 18mo ................... 9d. 
 
 Selection of School Poetry, with short Notes, 12mo ................. 2s. 
 
 Graham's Studies from the English Poets, or Poetical Reading-Book, 12rno. 7s. 
 Hughes's Select Specimens of English Poetry, 12mo .............. .......... 3s. 6d. 
 
 M'Leod's Second Poetical Reading-Book, 12mo ............................. Is. 8d. 
 
 Palliser's Modern Poetical Speaker, chiefly for Ladies' Schools, 12mo ....... 6s. 
 
 London : LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row. 
 
 
fbts of SLdgaal-Qaak*. 
 
 ENGLISH READING-BOOKS. 
 
 Hughes's Graduated Reading-Lesson-Books, fcp. 8vo. 4 SERIES, each ...... 3s. 6d. 
 
 Select Specimens of English Prose, 12mo ........................ 4s. 6d. 
 
 Jones's Liturgical Class-Book, from the best authorities, 12mo ............. Is. 6d. 
 
 M'Leod's First Book to teach Reading and Wrfcing, 18mo ................. 6d. 
 
 Reading-Book, 18mo. 3d.; or as Reading-Lessons, in 80 Sheets 3s. 
 Mann's Lessons in General Knowledge, fcp. 8vo ............................. 3s. 6d. 
 
 Maunder's Universal Class-Book for Every Day in the Year, 12mo ......... 5s. 
 
 Pycroft's Course of English Reading, fcp. 8vo ............................... 5s. 
 
 Sewell's School Speaker and Holiday Task-Book, 12mo ..................... 6g. 
 
 Simple Truths from Scripture, in Easy Lessons, 18mo ...................... 6d. 
 
 Sullivan's Literary Class-Book, or Readings in Literature, 12mo ............ 2s. 6d. 
 
 ENGLISH SPELLING-BOOKS. 
 
 Carpenter's Scholar's Spelling Assistant, 12mo. Is. 6d. ; edited by M'Leod. . Is. 6d. 
 Hornsey's Pronouncing Expositor, or New Spelling-Book, 12mo ............ 2s. 
 
 Lewis's Graduated English- Welsh Spelling-Book, 12mo ................... Is. 6d. 
 
 Mavor's English Spelling-Book, Genuine Edition, 12mo ..................... Is. 6d. 
 
 Sullivan's English Spelling-Book Superseded, 18mo ......................... Is. 4cL 
 
 EUCLID. 
 
 Colenso's Elements of Euclid, from Simson's Text, 18mo. (with Key, 6s. 6d.) 4s. 6d. 
 Geometrical Problems (without Key, Is.), with Key, 18mo ......... 8s. 6d. 
 
 Galbraith and Haughton's Manual of Euclid, Books I. to III. 12mo ......... 2s. 
 
 Tate's First Three Books of Euclid's Elements, 12mo. Is. 6d. ; 18mo ........ Is. 
 
 FORTIFICATION and the MILITARY ART. 
 
 Hodge's Catechism of Fortification, for Students and Candidates, 12mo ..... 2s. 6d. 
 
 Macdougall's Theory of War, post 8vo. with Plans of Battles ............... 10s. 6d. 
 
 Campaigns of Hannibal, post 8vo ............................. 7s. 6d. 
 
 FRENCH GRAMMARS and EXERCISE-BOOKS. 
 
 Albites* How to SpeakFrench ; or, French & France: Facts, Reasons, Practice, 12mo. 5s. 6d. 
 Cambier's Sandhurst College French Grammar, 12mo ...................... 5s. 
 
 Charente's Woolwich Academy French Course, 12mo ...................... 10s. 6d. 
 
 3=* Mr. Charente's French Course may be had as follows : 
 PART I. Pronunciation Accidence ---- 3s. PART III. Gallicisms and Anglicisms, 3s. 6d. 
 
 PART II. French and English Syntax com- PART IV. Syntaxede Construction Syntaxe 
 
 pared .............................. 3s. d'Accord Difficult^ ................ 3s. 
 
 PARTS I. and II. forming the Junior Course, PARTS III. and IV. forming the Senior Course, 
 
 in 1 vol. price ................... 5s. 6d. in 1 vol. price ........................ 6s. 
 
 Charente's Woolwich Academy French Exercises, PART 1. 12mo ........... 38. 
 
 Collis's Short French Grammar for Classical Schools, 12mo ................. 8s. 6d. 
 
 Contanseau's Compendious Grammar of the French Language, 12mo ....... 4s. 
 
 Guide to French Translation, 12mo ........................... 3s. 6d. 
 
 Hamel's New Universal French Grammar, 12mo ........................... 4s. 
 
 Grammatical Exercises on the French Language, 12mo. (Key, 3s.) 4s. 
 French Grammar and Exercises, by Lambert, 12mo. (Key, 4s.) .... 5s. 6d. 
 
 Sadler's French Pronunciation & Conversation, in Question & Answer, 18mo. Is. 
 Tarver's Eton French Grammar, 12mo .................................... 8s. 
 
 . Exercises, Familiar & Conversational, 12mo. (Key, 3s.) 3s. 6d, 
 French Phraseology explained and compared, 12mo ............ ... 3s. 
 
 London : LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row. 
 
 . A* 
 
(Smral Iftsis xrf 
 
 FRENCH DICTIONARIES. 
 
 Contanseau's New Practical French and English Dictionary, post 8vo ...... 10s. 6d. 
 
 Nugent'sPocketDictionaryofFrench&Engl.Languages,18mo.4s.6d.; 12mo. 7s. 6d. 
 Tardy's French Pronouncing Dictionary, 12ino ............................. 7s. 
 
 FRENCH, ITALIAN, and GERMAN READING-BOOKS. 
 
 Cambier's Sandhurst College French Reading-Book or Recueil, 12mo ....... 5s. 
 
 Charente's Woolwich Academy French Reading-Book .................... 
 
 Contanseau's Prosateurs et Pofetes Fran$ais,or Selections from French Writers 7s. Gd. 
 Extraits Choisis des Auteurs Modernes, by Author of Amy Herbert, post Svo. 5s. 
 Lacaita'sItalianReading-Book.or Selections from best Italian Writer s,12ino. 5s. 
 Metcalfe's History of German Literature, post 8vo .......................... 7s. 6d. 
 
 Mailer's German Reading-Book The German Classics, post 8vo ............ 12s. 
 
 Rowan's Morceaux choisis des Auteurs Modernes, & 1' usage de la Jeunesse 6s. 
 Tarver's Eton French Readily-Book, Prose, Verse, and Phraseology, 12mo. 7s. 6d. 
 
 Choix en Prose, 12mo. 3s. 6d. ; Choix en Vers, 12mo .............. 3s. 6d. 
 
 (H.) Le Conteur, a new French Reading-Book .................... 
 
 Wintzer's First German Reading-Book, for Beginners, fcp. 8vo ............. 5a. 
 
 GREEK CLASSICAL AUTHORS, &c. 
 
 EUKIPIDES, the 5 Plays, with English Notes by Major, post 8vo ............. 24s. 
 
 HEKODOTUS, with English Notes, &c., edited by Stocker, 2 vols. post 8vo. . . 18s. 
 HOMER'S Iliad, with English Notes, &c., edited by Valpy, 8vo ............. 10s. 6d. 
 
 Linwood's Treatise on the Greek Metres, 8vo ............................... 10s. 6d. 
 
 SOPHOCLES, with English Notes, &c., edited by Brasse and others, 2 vols. p.8vo. 84s. 
 
 edited, with short Latin Notes, by Linwood, 8vo ............... 16s. 
 
 Theatre of the Greeks, edited by Donaldson, Svo ............................ 15s. 
 
 Walford's Handbook of the Greek Drama, fcp. Svo ......................... 6s. 
 
 XEifOPBLON's Anabasis, with English Notes, &c., edited by White, 12mo. . . 7s. 6d. 
 
 Memorabilia, with English Notes, &c., edited by Hickie, p. Svo. 8s. 6d. 
 
 GREEK GRAMMARS, EXERCISE-BOOKS, &c. 
 
 Collis's Praxis Grseca, ^.Etymology, 2s.Cd. ; II. Syntax, 6s. ; IH.Accentuation 8s. 
 
 lambica : Exercises in Greek Tragic Senarii ................. 4s. 6d. 
 
 Howard's Introductory Greek Exercises, 12mo. (Key, 2s. 6d.) ............... 5s. 6d. 
 
 Kennedy's Greek Grammar (Grsecse Grammatical Institutio Prima), 12mo. . 4s. 6d. 
 Palaestra Stili Grseci, or Greek Prose Materials, 12mo ........... 
 
 >f ,, Musarum, or Greek Verse Materials, 12mo ............. 5s. 6d. 
 
 Moody's New Eton Greek Grammar, in English, 12mo ..................... 4s. 
 
 Py croft's Greek Grammar Practice, 12mo ................................. 8s. 6d. 
 
 Valpy's Elements of Greek Grammar, with Notes, Svo ...................... 6s. 6d. 
 
 Greek Primitives and Leading Words, 12mo ............. , ......... 6s. 
 
 Valpy's Greek Delectus, improved by White, 12mo. (Key, 2s. 6d.) .......... 4s. 
 
 Second Greek Delectus, or New Analecta Minora, Svo .............. 9s. 6d. 
 
 Walford's Card of the Greek Accidence, Svo. Is. ; of the Greek Prosody, Svo. Is. 
 , , Greek Accents, 6d. ; Greek Prepositions, Is. ; Greek Syntax .... Is. 
 
 Yonge's Exercises in Greek Prose Composition, 12mo. (Key, Is.) ............ 5s. 6d. 
 
 GREEK. LEXICONS, &c, (tee "Latin and Greek"). 
 
 London : LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row. 
 
jof 
 
 GEOGRAPHY, GAZETTEERS, &c, 
 
 Adams's Geographical Word-Expositor, Third Edition, 12mo 2s. 8d. 
 
 Bowman's Questions on Hall's First or Elementary Atlas, 12mo 2s. 
 
 M'Leod's Physical Atlas, 18mo Is. 
 
 Butler's Ancient Geography, post 8vo.4s. ; Butler's Modern Geography, post 8vo. 4s. 
 
 Modern and Ancient Geography complete, post 8vo 7s. 6d. 
 
 Cabinet Gazetteer, by the Author of the Cabinet Lawyer, fcp. 8vo 10s. 6d. 
 
 Cunningham's Abridgment of Butler's Geography, fcp. 8vo 2s. 
 
 Bowling's Introduction to Goldsmith's Geography, 18mo , 9d. 
 
 Questions on Goldsmith's Geography, 18mo. (Key, 9d.) 9d. 
 
 Falmouth's Conversations on Geography, or Child's First Introduction, fcp. 7s. 6d. 
 Goldsmith's Grammar of General Geography, fcp. 8vo. (Key, 18mo. Is.) .... 8s. 6d. 
 
 Hartley's Geography for Youth, 12mo. (Outlines, 18mo. 9d.) 4s. 6d. 
 
 Hiley's First Geography for the Elementary Classes, 18mo 9d. 
 
 Progressive Geography, in Lessons and Exercises, 12mo 2s. 
 
 Hughes's (E.) Geography for Elementary Schools, 18mo Is. 
 
 Outlines of Physical Geography, 12mo Ss. 6d. 
 
 Examination- Questions on Physical Geography, fcp. 8vo 6d. 
 
 Outlines of Scripture Geography and History 4s. 6d. 
 
 Hughes's (W.) Manual of Geography, Physical, Industrial, and Political . . 7s. 6d. 
 
 British Geography, fcp. 8vo 2s. 
 
 Mathematical Geography, fcp. 8vo 4s. 6d. 
 
 General Geography, in Gleig's School Series, 18mo Is. 
 
 British Geography, in Gleig's School Series, 18mo Is. 
 
 Child's First Geography, in Gleig's School Series, 18mo 9d. 
 
 Johnston's New General Gazetteer of the World, 8vo 36s. 
 
 Keith On the Globes, by Taylor, LeMesurier, andMiddleton, 12mo.(Key,2s.6d.) 6s. 6d. 
 
 M'Leod's Geography of Palestine or the Holy Land, 12mo Is. 6d. 
 
 Questions in Physical and Political Geography, 12mo Is. 
 
 Hangnail's Compendium of Geography, for Schools, 12mo 7s. 6d. 
 
 Maunder's Treasury of Geography, completed by W. Hughes, fcp. 8vo 10s. 
 
 Stepping-Stone to Geography, in Question and Answer, 18mo Is. 
 
 Sterne's School Geography, Physical and Political, 12mo 3s. 6d. 
 
 Sullivan's Geography Generalised, 12mo 2s. 
 
 Introduction to Geography and History, 18mo Is. 
 
 Wheeler's Geography of Herodotus developed,explained, and illustrated, 8vo. 18s. 
 
 GEOMETRY. 
 
 Lund's Geometry as an Art, with Easy Exercises, fcp. 8vo 2s. 
 
 , t a Science, with Easy Exercises, fcp. 8vo Is. 6d. 
 
 Narrien's Elements of Geometiy, for Sandhurst College, 8vo 10s. 6d. 
 
 Tate's Principles of Geometry, Mensuration, Trigonometry, &c., 12mo 3s. 6d. 
 
 GRADUSES. 
 
 Brasse's Greek Gradus, or Prosodial Lexicon, 8vo 15s. 
 
 Maltby's New and Complete Greek Gradus, 8vo 21s. 
 
 Yonge's New Latin Gradus ad Parnassum, post 8vo. (with Epithets, 12s.) . . 9s. 
 Dictionary of Latin Epithets, post 8vo 3s. 6d. 
 
 London : LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row. 
 
HISTORICAL and MISCELLANEOUS SCHOOL-BOOKS, 
 
 Anthony's Footsteps to English History, fop. 3s. ; to French History, fcp.. . 8s. 
 
 Balfour's Sketches of English Literature 7s. 
 
 Brewer's Elementary Atlas of History and Geography, royal 8vo 12s. 6d. 
 
 Browne's Ancient Greece, 18mo. Is.; Browne's Ancient Home, ISmo Is. 
 
 Child's First History of Rome, fcp. 8vo 2s. 6d. 
 
 Corner's Historical Questions, or Sequel to Hangnail's, 12mo 5s. 
 
 Farr's School and Family History of England, 12mo 5s. 6d. 
 
 First History of Greece, by Author ofthe Child's First History o/JSoie,fcp.8vo. 3s. 6d. 
 Gleig's England, or First Book of History, 18mo. (cloth, 2s. 6d.) 2s. 
 
 British Colonies, or Second Book of History, 18mo Is. 
 
 India, or Third Book of History, 18mo Is. 
 
 Sacred History, or Fourth Book of History, 18mo. (cloth, 2s. 6d.) . . 2s. 
 
 Historical Questions, PART I. On the above Four Histories, 18mo Is. 
 
 Gleig's History of France, 18mo Is. 
 
 Humphreys's British Government in India, fcp. 8vo 2s. 6d. 
 
 Keightley's Outlines of History, fcp. 8vo Ss. 6d. 
 
 Mackintosh's England, 2 vols. 8vo 21s. 
 
 Hangnail's Historical and Miscellaneous Questions, 12ino 4s. 6d. 
 
 Mann's Lessons in General Knowledge, or Elementary Reading-Book, fcp. 8vo. 8s. 6d. 
 
 Marcet's Conversations on the History of England, 18mo 5s. 
 
 Maunder's Historical Treasury, fcp. 8vo 10s. 
 
 Menzies' Analysis ofthe Constitution and History of England, 18mo Is. 
 
 Merivale' s Romans under the Empire, Vols.I.toIII.Svo.42s.; Vols. IV. &V. 82s. 
 
 Fall ofthe Roman Empire, 12mo 7s. 6d. 
 
 Mure's Language & Literature of Ancient Greece, 3 YO!S. 8vo. 36s.; Vol. IV. 15s.; Vol. V. 18s. 
 Schmitz's Greece, mainly based on Thirlwall's, 12mo. with 137 Woodcuts. . . 7s. 6d. 
 
 Scott's Scotland, 2 vols. fcp. 8vo 7s. 
 
 Slater's Compendium of Ancient History, &c., post 8vo 7s. 6d. 
 
 Stafford's Compendium of Universal History, 12mo 3s. 6d. 
 
 Stephen's Lectures on the History of France, 2 vols. 8vo 24s. 
 
 Stepping-Stone to English History, in Question and Answer, 18mo Is. 
 
 French History, in Question and Answer, 18mo Is. 
 
 M Grecian History, in Question and Answer, 18mo Is. 
 
 Roman History, in Question and Answer, 18mo Is. 
 
 Sterne's Questions on Generalities, 1st & 2d Series, 12mo. each (Keys, ea. 4s.) 2s. 
 
 Thirlwall's History of Greece, 8 vols. 8vo. 3 ; or in 8 vols. fcp. 8vo. . 28s. 
 
 Turner's Anglo-Saxons, 3 vols. 8vo 36s. 
 
 England during the Middle Ages, 4 vols. 8vo 50s. 
 
 Tytler's Elements of General History, 8vo .' 14s. 
 
 JUVENILE WORKS, 
 
 Journal kept during a Summer Tour Abroad, fcp. 8vo 5s. 
 
 Marcet's Rich and Poor, 18mo Is. 
 
 , , Seasons, or Stories for very Young Children, 4 vols. 18mo. each 2s. 
 
 Willy's Holidays, or Conversations on Government, 18mo 2s. 
 
 Stories for Young Children, 18mo 2s. 
 
 Travels on the Railroad, ISrno 2s, 6d. 
 
 London : LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row. 
 
fists of 
 
 LAND-SURVEYING and MENSURATION. 
 
 Boucher's Mensuration, Plane and Solid, with 71 Figures, 12mo. ........... 8s. 
 
 Lund's Elements of Geometry and Mensuration, fcp. 8vo ................... 
 
 Nesbit's Treatise on Practical Land-Surveying, with 250 Examples, 8vo ..... 12s. 
 
 ,, ,, ,. Mensuration, 12mo. CKey, 5s.) ..... ......... 6s. 
 
 Scott's Mensuration and Trigonometry, for Sandhurst College, 8vo ......... 9s. 6d. 
 
 Tate's Principles of Mensuration, Land-surveying, Levelling, &c,, 12mo. , . , 8s. 6d. 
 
 LATIN GRAMMARS, EXERCISE-BOOKS, &c. 
 
 Barrett's Little Arthur's Latin Primer, 12mo ............................... Is. 
 
 Latin Exercises for the Lowest Form, 12mo ....................... 3s. 6d. 
 
 Bradley's New Latin Prose Exercises, 12mo. (Key, 5s.) ...................... 8s. 6d. 
 
 Collis's PraxisLatina.Pt. I. forBe0inners,2s.6di.- t Pt.II. for Advanced Pupils 3s. 
 Hiley's Elements of Latin Grammar, 12mo ................................. 3s. 
 
 ,, Progressive Exercises on Latin Accidence, 12mo .................... 2s. 
 
 Howard's Introductory Latin Exercises, 12mo ............................. 2s. 6d. 
 
 Latin Exercises Extended, 12mo. (Key, 2s. 6d.) ................. 3s. 6d. 
 
 Kennedy's Elementary Grammar of the Latin Language, 12mo ............. 3s. 6d. 
 
 Latin Vocabulary, on Etymological Principles, 12mo ........... 3s. 
 
 Child's Latin Primer, or First Lessons, 12mo ................... 2s. 
 
 Tirocinium, or First Latin Reading-Book, 12mo ................. 2s. 
 
 ,, Palaestra Latina, or Second Latin Reading-Book, 12mo ......... 5s. 
 
 Stili Latini, or Latin Prose Materials, 12mo ........... 6s. 
 
 Curriculum Stili Latini, 12mo. 4s. 6d. ; and KEY ................ 7s. 6d. 
 
 Palaestra Camenarum, or Latin Verse Materials, I2mo ........... 
 
 Major's Selections from The Spectator for Translation, 12mo ............... 3s. 6d. 
 
 Moody's New Eton Latin Grammar, in English, 12mo. (Accidence, Is.) .... 2s. 6d. 
 
 Pycroft's Latin Grammar Practice, 12mo ................................... 2s. 6d. 
 
 Rapier's Second Latin Verse-Book, by Arnold, 12mo. (Key, 2s. 6d.) ........ 3s. 6d. 
 
 Valpy's Elements of Latin Grammar, with short English Notes, 12mo ..... 2s. 6d. 
 
 Elegantise Latina?, 12mo. (Key, 2s. 6d.) ............................ 4s. 6d. 
 
 Latin Delectus, improved by White, 12mo. (Key, 3s. 6d.) .......... 2s. 6d. 
 
 Manual of Latin Etymology, fcp. 4to ............................... 7a. 
 
 Sacrse Historiae Epitome, with English Notes, ISmo ............... 2s. 
 
 Walford'sLatinElegiacs,2Series,12mo.each2s.6d. ; Keyto Firtt Series, 2Amo. 5s. 
 ShillingLatinGrammar,12mo.ls.; Grammar of Latin Poetry ,12mo. Is. 
 Hints on Latin Writing, royal 8vo ............................... Is. 6d. 
 
 Exercises in Latin Prose, adapted to the above Hints 1 12mo ...... 2s. 6d. 
 
 Card of Latin Accidence, 8vo .................................... l g< 
 
 i. ii n Prosody, Is.; Walford's Card of Latin Syntax.... Is. 
 
 White's New Latin Grammar, complete, 12mo ............................. 2a. 6d. 
 
 Latin Accidence, 12mo. Is.; White's Eton Latin Grammar, 12mo. Is. 9d. 
 Second or Larger Latin Grammar, 12mo ........................... Is. 6d. 
 
 Latin Suffixes, post 8vo ........................................... 5^ 
 
 Wilkins's Notes for Latin Lyrics, for the use of Schools, 12mo ............. 4s. 6d. 
 
 Yonge's Exercises for Latin Verses and Lyrics out of " Own Sense," 12mo. . 4s. 6d.' 
 in Latin Prose Composition, 12mo. (Key, Is.) ............ 5s. 6d.' 
 
 Zumpt's Latin Grammar, translated and adapted by Dr. L. Schmitz, 8vo. . . . 14s. 
 
 School Grammar of the Latin Language, by the same, 12mo ...... 4s.' 
 
 London: LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row. 
 
io $jemral pste 0f 
 
 LATIN and GREEK LEXICONS, DICTIONARIES, &c, 
 
 Bloomfleld's Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament, fcp. 8vo 10s. 6d. 
 
 Englishman's Greek Concordance of the New Testament, royal 8vo 42s. 
 
 Rich's Illustrated Companion to theLatin Dictionary and Greek Lexicon, p.Svo. 21s. 
 Riddle's Latin-English and English-Latin Dictionary, 8vo. 21s. ; andsq.12mo.12s. 
 
 Diamond Latin-English Dictionary, royal 32mo 4s. 
 
 Copious and Critical Latin-English Lexicon, 4to 81s. 6d. 
 
 Latin-English Dictionary, 8vo. 15s. ; square 12mo 7s. 
 
 ,, English-Latin Dictionary, 8vo. 7s. ; square 12mo 5s. 6d. 
 
 and White's New Latin-English Dictionary, royal 8vo 
 
 ,, and Arnold's English-Latin Lexicon, 8vo 25a. 
 
 ,, English-Latin Dictionary, by Ebden, square postSvo. 10s. 6d. 
 
 Robinson's Greek-English Lexicon to the New Testament, 8vo 18s. 
 
 Yonge's Dictionary of Latin Epithets, post 8vo 3s. 6d. 
 
 New English-Greek Lexicon, 4to 21s. 
 
 Latin Gradus, post 8vo, 9s. ; or with Appendix of Epithets 12s. 
 
 LATIN CLASSICAL AUTHORS. 
 
 C^SAE'S Commentaries, with English Notes, &c. by Anthon, 12mo 4s. 6d. 
 
 >, Anthon's Edition, as above, improved by Hawkins, 12mo. 4s. 6d. 
 ClCEBO'S Select Orations, with English Notes, by Anthon, 12mo 6s. 
 
 Cato Major and Leelius, with English Notes "&c. by White, 12mo. 8s. 6d. 
 CoENELiusNEPOS, English Notes, &c. by Bradley, improved by White, 12mo. 8s. 6d. 
 ETTTROPIUS, with English Notes, &c. by Bradley, improved by White, 12mo. 2s 6d. 
 HOEACE, with English Notes by the Rev. J. E. Yonge, PAET I. Odes and Erodes 3s. 
 
 English Notes and Strictures, by Girdlestone and Osborne, 12mo. . 7s. 6d. 
 
 with short English Notes, by Valpy, 18mo 6s. 
 
 LIYY, the First Five Books, with English Notes, &c. by Hickie, post 8vo. . . 8s. 6d. 
 
 's Rome, DECADE III., PAET I., by Dr. E. R. Humphreys, 8vo 8s. 6d. 
 
 OVI'D'B Metamorphoses ^ngl. Notes, &c. by Bradley, improvedbyWhite,12mo. 4s. 6d. 
 OVID and TIBULLTJS, the Eton Selection, with English Notes by Valpy, 12mo. 4s. 6d. 
 PH^EDEUS, with English Notes, &c. by Bradley, improved by. White, 12mo. 2s. 6d. 
 
 SALLTJST, with English Notes, Commentary, &c. by Anthon, 12mo 5s. 
 
 TACITUS, Germania and Affricola, with English Notes, &c. by White, 12mo. 4s. 6d. 
 TEEENCE, from Reinhardt's Text, with English Notes, &c.by Hickie, 12mo. 9s. 6d. 
 VIBGIL, Wagner's Text, with Notes and 6000 References, by Pycroffc, 12mo. 7s. 6d. 
 
 with short English Notes by Valpy, 18mo 7s. 6d, 
 
 MATHEMATICS. 
 
 Cape's Course of Mathematics, for Addiscombe College, 2 vols. 8vo 82s. 
 
 Hymers on Differential Equations, 8vo 12s. 
 
 's Plane and Spherical Trigonometry, 8vo 8s. 6d. 
 
 Salmon's Treatise on Conic Sections, 8vo 12s. 
 
 Tate's Mathematics for Working Men, Part I. Arithmetic and Algebra, 8vo. 2s. 
 Wrigley's Collection of Mathematical Examples and Problems, 8vo 8s. 6d. 
 
 MENSURATION (see " Land-surveying"), 
 
 London: LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row. 
 
fists 0f S*&00I-g00hs. n 
 
 MUSIC-BOOKS, &o, 
 
 Formby 'a Young Singer's Book of Songs, 4to 3s. 6d. 
 
 Collection of Forty Amusing Rounds and Catches Is. 
 
 Sacred Songs, 4to 3s. 6d. 
 
 ,, Sixty Amusing Songs for Little Singers, 4to 2s. 6d. 
 
 Stepping-Stone to Music, in Question and Answer, 18mo Is. 
 
 NATURAL HISTORY, 
 
 Lee's Elements of Natural History, or First Principles of Zoology, fcp. 8vo. 7s. 6d. 
 
 Marcet's Lessons on Animals, Vegetables, and Minerals, 18mo 2s. 
 
 Maunder's Treasury of Natural History, fcp. 8vo 10s. 
 
 Stepping-Stone to Natural History, in Question and Answer (cloth, 2s. 6d.) . 2s. 
 Van Der Hoeven's Handbook of Zoology, translated by Clark, VOL. 1. 8vo. .30s. 
 
 PUBLIC SPEAKING. 
 
 Rowton's Debater, or New Theory of Public Speaking, fcp. 8vo, 6s. 
 
 RELIGIOUS and MORAL WORKS. 
 
 Bloomfield's larger Greek Testament, with copious English Notes, 2 V. 8vo. 48s. 
 
 College and School Greek Testament, English Notes, fcp. 8vo. . . 7s. 6d. 
 
 Lexicon to the Greek Testament, fcp. 8vo. . . 10s. 6d. 
 
 Conybeare & Howson's Life & Epistles of St. Paul, 2 vols. square crown 8vo. 31s. 6d. 
 
 Cotton's Short Prayers for Boys, 18mo Is. 6d. 
 
 Englishman's Greek Concordance of the New Testament, royal 8vo 42s. 
 
 M Hebrew Concordance of the Old Testament, 2 vols. royal 8vo.73s, 6d. 
 
 Gleig's Sacred History, 18mo. (cloth, 2s. 6d.) 2s. 
 
 Home's Introduction to the Study and Knowledge of the Scriptures, 4 v. 8vo. 73s. 6d, 
 
 Compendium of Ditto, 12mo 9s. 
 
 Howson's Twenty Sermons for Schoolboys, fcp. 8vo 2s. 
 
 Humphrey s's Manual of Moral Philosophy, fcp. 8vo ,.,,... 2s. 6d. 
 
 Jones's Liturgical Class-Book, 12mo , . Is. 6d. 
 
 Merivale's Christian Records, fcp. 8vo , . 7s. 6d. 
 
 Paley's Evidences of Christianity and Horas Paullnae, by Potts, 8vo 10s. 6d. 
 
 Readings for Every Day in Lent, from Jeremy Taylor, fcp. 8vo 5s. 
 
 ,, a Month preparatory to Confirmation, fcp. 8vo 4s. 
 
 Riddle's Manual of Scripture History, fcp. 8vo 4s. 
 
 Robinson's Greek and English Lexicon to the Greek Testament, 8vo 18s. 
 
 SewelTs Catechism of Early English Church History, fcp. 8vo 2s. 
 
 Stepping-Stone to Bible Knowledge, in Question and Answer, 18mo Is. 
 
 Tomline's Introduction to the Study of the Bible, fcp. 8vo 5s. 6d. 
 
 Turner's Sacred History of the World, 3 vols. post 8vo 31s. 6d. 
 
 Valpy's Latin Epitome of Sacred History, 18mo , 2s. 
 
 Wheeler's Popular Harmony of the Bible, fcp. 8vo ..,.,,,,,.., B. 
 
 London : LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster ftow. 
 
12 <g*mral Stoats of Srfw0I-00ks, 
 
 SCIENCE in GENERAL, NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, &c, 
 
 Book of Domestic Economy, in Gleig's School Series, 18mo li. 
 
 Brande's Lectures on Organic Chemistryj fcp. 8vo. Woodcuts 7s. 6d. 
 
 Brewster's Treatise on Optics, fcp. 8vo 3s. 6d. 
 
 Downing's Elements of Practical Hydraulics, 8vo 5s. 
 
 Faraday's Lectures on the Non-metallic Elements, fcp. 8vo 5s. 6d. 
 
 Galbraith and Haughton's Manual of Hydrostatics, 12mo 2s. 
 
 ti )* ,, Mechanics, 12mo 2s. 
 
 i, Optics, 12mo ,,.. 2s. 
 
 ,, Scientific Manuals, each 2s. ; or cloth 2s. 6d. 
 
 Herschel's Preliminary Discourseon the Study ofNatural Philosophy, fcp.Svo. 3s. 6d. 
 
 Hunt's Researches on Light, 8vo. Woodcuts 10s. 6d. 
 
 Main and Brown's Marine Steam-Engine, 8vo 12s. 6d. 
 
 Questions and Examination-Papers on ditto, 8vo 4s. 6d. 
 
 Indicator and Dynamometer, 8vo 4s. 6d. 
 
 Mann's Book of Health, in Gleig's School Series, 18mo Is. 
 
 Marcet's Conversations on Natural Philosophy 10s. 6d. 
 
 Land and Water, 8vo 5s. 6d. 
 
 Vegetable Physiology 9s. . 
 
 Maunder* s Scientific and Literary Treasury, fcp. 8vo 10s. 
 
 Moseley's Illustrations of Practical Mechanics, fcp. 8vo 8s. 
 
 Pereira's Lectures on Polarised Light, edited by Powell, fcp. 8vo 7s. 
 
 Peschel's Elements of Physics, translated by E. West, 3 vols. fcp. 8vo 21s. 
 
 Phillips's Guide to Geology, th Edition, fcp. 8vo. Plates 5s. 
 
 Treatise on Geology, 2 vols. fcp. 8vo. Vignettes, &c 7s. 
 
 Stepping-Stone to Animal and Vegetable Physiology, 18mo Is. 
 
 Tate's Course ofNatural and Experimental Philosophy, 2 vols. 18mo 7s. 
 
 Electricity, simplified for Beginners, 18mo Is. 
 
 Elements of Mechanism, 12mo 3s. 6d. 
 
 Hydrostatics, Hydraulics, and Pneumatics, for Beginners, ISmo Is. 
 
 Lessons on Mechanics and Natural Philosophy, 12mo. (Key, 3s. 6d.). . 2s. 
 
 Light and Heat familiarly explained for Beginners, 18mo Is. 
 
 Little Philosopher, or Science of Familiar Things, VOL. 1. 18mo. ... 8s. 6d, 
 
 Natural History of Familiar Things, 18mo Is. 
 
 M Magnetism, Voltaic Electricity, and Electro-Dynamics, 18mo Is. 
 
 Mechanics and Steam-Engine simplified for Beginners, 18mo. ....... Is. 
 
 Principles of Mechanical Philosophy applied, 8vo , . , . 10s. 6d. 
 
 TRIGONOMETRY. 
 
 Colenso's Plane Trigonometry, PABT I. with Logarit?ims,l2nio t (Key, 3s.6d.) 8s. 6d. 
 PART II, with Problems, 12mo (Key, 5s.) ..2s. 6d. 
 
 Galbraith and Haughton's Manual of Trigonometry, 12mo 2s. 
 
 Jeans' s Plane and Spherical Trigonometry, PABT 1. 12mo. 4s. 5 PABT II 4s. 
 
 Scott's Plane Trigonometry and Mensuration, for Sandhurst College, 8vo.. , 9s. 6d. 
 
 London : LONGMAN, BROWN, and CO., Paternoster Row, 
 
 PRINTED BY SPOTTISTOODE AND CO,, WEWSTBBET SQUASS, LONDON. 
 

 NOV 11 r9tl 
 
 
 50m- 7/16 
 
YA 05244 
 CLASSICAL SCHOOL-BOOKS 
 
 BY THE 
 
 REV. BENJAMIN HALL KENNEDY, D.D. 
 
 PREBENDARY OF LICHFIELD J 
 HEAD MASTER OF SHREWSBURY GRAMMAR SCHOOL. 
 
 NEW AND IMPROVED EDITIONS. 
 
 
 
 KENNEDY'S LATIN GRAMMAR: AnEleme/ /grammar 
 of the Latin Language. Ninth Edition, thoroughly r/ . I- 3s. 6d 
 
 n. 
 
 KENNEDY'S CHILD'S LATIN PRIM" it Latin 
 
 Lessons, extracted (with Model Question/ from the 
 
 Author's Elementary Latin Grammar. rged and 
 
 thoroughly improved * 12mo. 2s. 
 
 in. 
 KENNEDY'S LATIN YOCABUL' Etymo- 
 
 logical Principles, as an Exercise- Bpr 7 y . 'nary for 
 
 the use of the Lower Classes f n, much 
 
 improved <. I2mo. 3s. 
 
 KENNEDY'S FIRST T ^; or, 
 
 Tirocinium Latinum : Ad' Jin Primer. 
 
 For the use of Prepare' cond Edition, 
 
 thoroughly revised. ... '..... 12mo. 2s. 
 
 KENNEDY' r xNG-BOOK ; or, 
 
 Palaestra ' * ,entary Latin Grammar. 
 Second' J 12mo.5s. 
 
 KEF : LATINI; or, Materials 
 
 > / , ced and progressively arranged for 
 
 use in scnoois and Universities 12mo . 6s 
 
 KENNEDY'S CURRICULUM STILI LATINI ; or, a 
 
 Systematic Course of Examples for Practice in the Style of the best Latin 
 Prose Authors, 12mo. 4s. 6d. ; and KEY, price 7s. 6d. 
 
 KENNEDY'S GREEK GRAMMAR: Grac* Grammatics 
 
 I nstitutio Prima. Rudimentis Etonensibus quantulum potuit immutatis 
 Syntaxin de suo addidit B. H. KENNEDY, S.T.P 12mo. 4s. 6d. 
 
 IX. 
 
 PALESTRA MUSARUM ; or, Materials for Translation into 
 Greek Verse, selected and progressively arranged for use in Schools and 
 Universities 12mo. 5s. 6d . 
 
 London: LONG-MAN, BROWN and CO., Paternoster Row.